begin_v to_o run_v away_o suppose_v that_o the_o bridge_n which_o be_v of_o stone_n shall_v present_o fall_v but_o when_o they_o find_v it_o to_o stand_v firm_a and_o that_o the_o spaniard_n go_v on_o it_o the_o cacique_n say_v to_o his_o companion_n it_o be_v reason_n we_o shall_v serve_v these_o man_n who_o in_o truth_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o child_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o bridge_n they_o make_v be_v of_o reed_n plait_v which_o they_o tie_v to_o the_o bank_n with_o great_a stake_n for_o that_o they_o can_v not_o make_v any_o bridge_n ofstone_n or_o wood_n the_o bridge_n which_o be_v at_o this_o day_n upon_o the_o current_n of_o the_o great_a lake_n chiquitto_n in_o collao_n be_v admirable_a for_o the_o course_n of_o that_o water_n be_v so_o deep_a as_o they_o can_v not_o settle_v any_o foundation_n and_o so_o broad_a that_o it_o be_v impossible_a to_o make_v a_o arch_a to_o pass_v it_o so_o as_o it_o be_v altogether_o impossible_a to_o make_v a_o bridge_n either_o of_o wood_n or_o stone_n but_o the_o wit_n and_o industry_n of_o the_o indian_n invent_v a_o mean_n to_o make_v a_o firm_a and_o assure_a bridge_n be_v only_o of_o straw_n which_o seem_v fabulous_a yet_o be_v it_o very_o true_a for_o as_o we_o have_v say_v before_o they_o do_v bind_v together_o certain_a bundle_n of_o reed_n and_o weed_n which_o do_v grow_v in_o the_o lake_n that_o they_o call_v torora_n and_o be_v a_o light_a matter_n that_o sink_v not_o in_o the_o water_n they_o cast_v it_o upon_o a_o great_a quantity_n of_o reed_n then_o have_v tie_v those_o bundle_n of_o weed_n to_o either_o side_n of_o the_o river_n both_o man_n and_o beast_n go_v over_o it_o with_o ease_n pass_v over_o this_o bridge_n i_o have_v woonder_v that_o of_o so_o common_a and_o easy_a a_o thing_n they_o have_v make_v a_o bridge_n better_a and_o more_o assure_v than_o the_o bridge_n of_o boat_n from_o sevill_n to_o triane_n i_o have_v measure_v the_o length_n of_o this_o bridge_n and_o as_o i_o remember_v it_o be_v above_o three_o hundred_o foot_n and_o they_o say_v that_o the_o depth_n of_o this_o current_n be_v very_o great_a and_o it_o seem_v above_o that_o the_o water_n have_v no_o motion_n yet_o they_o say_v that_o at_o the_o bottom_n it_o have_v a_o violent_a and_o very_a furious_a course_n and_o this_o shall_v suffice_v for_o building_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la revenue_n and_o the_o order_n of_o tribute_n they_o impose_v upon_o the_o indian_n chap._n 15._o the_o inguas_fw-la riches_n be_v incomparable_a for_o although_o no_o king_n do_v inherit_v the_o riches_n and_o treasure_n of_o his_o predecessor_n yet_o have_v he_o at_o command_n all_o the_o riches_n of_o his_o realm_n aswell_o silver_n and_o gold_n as_o the_o stuff_n of_o cumbi_n and_o cattle_n wherein_o they_o abound_v and_o their_o great_a riches_n of_o all_o be_v their_o innumerable_a number_n of_o vassal_n which_o be_v all_o employ_v as_o it_o please_v the_o king_n they_o bring_v out_o of_o every_o province_n what_o he_o have_v choose_v for_o tribute_n the_o chicas_n send_v he_o sweet_a and_o rich_a wood_n the_o lucanas_n send_v brancar_n to_o carry_v his_o litter_n the_o chumbilbicas_fw-la dancer_n and_o so_o the_o other_o province_n send_v he_o what_o they_o have_v of_o abundance_n beside_o their_o general_a tribute_n whereunto_o every_o one_o contribute_v the_o indian_n that_o be_v note_v to_o that_o end_n labour_v in_o the_o mine_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n which_o do_v abound_v in_o peru_n who_o the_o ingua_n entertain_v with_o all_o they_o need_v for_o their_o expense_n and_o whatsoever_o they_o draw_v of_o gold_n and_o silver_n be_v for_o he_o by_o this_o mean_n there_o be_v so_o great_a treasure_n in_o this_o kingdom_n as_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o many_o that_o what_o fall_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o spaniard_n although_o it_o be_v very_o much_o as_o we_o know_v be_v it_o not_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o that_o which_o they_o hide_v and_o bury_v in_o the_o ground_n the_o which_o they_o can_v never_o discover_v notwithstanding_o all_o the_o search_n covetousness_n have_v teach_v they_o but_o the_o great_a wealth_n of_o these_o barbarous_a people_n be_v that_o their_o vassal_n be_v all_o slave_n who_o labour_n they_o use_v at_o their_o pleasure_n and_o that_o which_o be_v admirable_a they_o employ_v they_o in_o such_o sort_n as_o it_o be_v no_o servitude_n unto_o they_o but_o rather_o a_o please_a life_n but_o to_o understand_v the_o order_n of_o tribute_n which_o the_o indian_n pay_v unto_o their_o lord_n you_o must_v know_v that_o when_o the_o ingua_n conquer_v any_o city_n he_o divide_v all_o the_o land_n into_o three_o part_n the_o first_o be_v for_o religion_n and_o ceremony_n so_o as_o the_o pachayachaqui_n which_o be_v the_o creator_n and_o the_o sun_n the_o chuquilla_n which_o be_v the_o thunder_n the_o pachamana_n and_o the_o dead_a and_o other_o guaca_n and_o sanctuary_n have_v every_o one_o their_o proper_a land_n the_o fruit_n whereof_o be_v spoil_v and_o consume_v in_o sacrifice_n and_o in_o the_o nourish_a of_o minister_n and_o priest_n for_o there_o be_v indian_n appoint_v for_o every_o guaca_n and_o sanctuary_n and_o the_o great_a part_n of_o this_o revenue_n be_v spend_v in_o cusco_n where_o be_v the_o universal_a and_o general_a sanctuary_n and_o the_o rest_n in_o that_o city_n where_o it_o be_v gather_v for_o that_o after_o the_o imitation_n of_o cusco_n there_o be_v in_o every_o city_n guacas_n and_o oratory_n of_o the_o same_o order_n and_o with_o the_o same_o function_n which_o be_v serve_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n and_o ceremony_n to_o that_o of_o cusco_n which_o be_v a_o admirable_a thing_n and_o they_o have_v find_v it_o by_o proof_n in_o above_o a_o hundred_o town_n some_o of_o they_o distant_a above_o two_o hundred_o league_n from_o cusco_n that_o which_o they_o sow_v or_o reap_v upon_o their_o land_n be_v put_v into_o house_n as_o grenier_n or_o storehouse_n build_v for_o that_o effect_n and_o this_o be_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o tribute_n which_o the_o indian_n pay_v i_o can_v not_o say_v how_o much_o this_o part_n amount_v unto_o for_o that_o it_o be_v great_a in_o some_o part_n than_o in_o other_o and_o in_o some_o place_n it_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n all_o and_o this_o part_n be_v the_o first_o they_o put_v to_o profit_v the_o second_o part_n of_o these_o land_n and_o inheritance_n be_v for_o the_o jugua_n wherewith_o he_o and_o his_o household_n be_v entertain_v with_o his_o kinsfolk_n nobleman_n garrison_n and_o soldier_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v the_o great_a portion_n of_o these_o tribute_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o quantity_n of_o gold_n silver_n and_o other_o tribute_n which_o be_v in_o house_n appoint_v for_o that_o purpose_n be_v long_o and_o large_a than_o those_o where_o they_o keep_v the_o revenue_n of_o the_o guaca_n they_o bring_v this_o tribute_n very_o careful_o to_o cusco_n or_o unto_o such_o place_n where_o it_o be_v needful_a for_o the_o soldier_n and_o when_o there_o be_v store_n that_o keep_v it_o ten_o or_o twelve_o year_n until_o a_o time_n of_o necessity_n the_o indian_n till_v and_o put_v to_o profit_v the_o inguas_fw-la land_n next_o to_o those_o of_o the_o guaca_n during_o which_o time_n they_o live_v and_o be_v nourish_v at_o the_o charge_n of_o the_o ingua_n of_o the_o sun_n or_o of_o the_o guaca_n according_a to_o the_o land_n they_o labour_v but_o the_o old_a man_n woman_n and_o sick_a folk_n be_v reserve_v and_o exempt_a from_o this_o tribute_n and_o although_o whatsoever_o they_o gather_v upon_o those_o land_n be_v for_o the_o ingua_n the_o sun_n or_o the_o guacâ—s_n yet_o the_o property_n appertain_v unto_o the_o indian_n and_o their_o successor_n the_o three_o part_n of_o these_o land_n be_v give_v by_o the_o ingua_n for_o the_o commonalty_n and_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o discover_v whether_o this_o portion_n be_v great_a or_o less_o than_o that_o of_o the_o ingua_n or_o guacas_n it_o be_v most_o certain_a they_o have_v a_o care_n and_o regard_n it_o may_v be_v sufficient_a for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o the_o people_n no_o particular_a man_n possess_v any_o thing_n proper_a to_o himself_o of_o this_o three_o portion_n neither_o do_v the_o indian_n ever_o possess_v any_o if_o it_o be_v not_o by_o special_a grace_n from_o the_o ingua_fw-la &_o yet_o may_v it_o not_o be_v engage_v nor_o divide_v amongst_o his_o heir_n they_o every_o year_n divide_v these_o land_n of_o the_o commonalty_n in_o give_v to_o every_o one_o that_o which_o be_v needful_a for_o the_o nourishment_n of_o their_o person_n and_o family_n and_o as_o the_o family_n increase_v or_o diminish_v so_o do_v they_o increase_v or_o decrease_v his_o portion_n for_o there_o be_v measure_n appoint_v for_o every_o person_n the_o indian_n
be_v no_o doubt_n but_o in_o that_o other_o world_n all_o thing_n shall_v be_v order_v as_o in_o we_o especial_o in_o the_o grow_a and_o order_n of_o the_o wind_n and_o have_v allege_v other_o reason_n to_o no_o purpose_n he_o conclude_v say_v we_o must_v confess_v of_o necessity_n that_o the_o southern_a wind_n be_v that_o which_o blow_n and_o come_v from_o the_o burn_a zone_n the_o which_o be_v so_o near_o the_o sun_n want_v water_n and_o pasture_n this_o be_v aristotle_n opinion_n and_o in_o truth_n man_n conjecture_n can_v hardly_o pass_v any_o far_o so_o as_o i_o do_v often_o consider_v with_o a_o christian_a contemplation_n how_o weak_a the_o philosophy_n of_o the_o wise_a of_o this_o world_n have_v be_v in_o the_o search_n of_o divine_a thing_n see_v in_o human_a thing_n wherein_o they_o seem_v so_o well_o read_v they_o often_o err_v aristotle_n hold_v that_o the_o habitable_a earth_n of_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a in_o longitude_n from_o east_n to_o west_n be_v very_o great_a and_o in_o latitude_n from_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a to_o the_o equiâ—â—cticall_a be_v very_o sâ—â—all_v â—â—_o the_o which_o be_v so_o contrary_a to_o the_o truth_n that_o in_o a_o manner_n all_o the_o habitation_n on_o this_o side_n the_o pole_n antarctic_a be_v in_o latitude_n i_o mean_v from_o the_o pole_n to_o the_o line_n and_o in_o longitude_n from_o east_n to_o west_n it_o be_v so_o small_a as_o the_o latitude_n exceed_v in_o three_o part_n or_o more_o in_o his_o other_o opinion_n he_o affirmeâ—_n that_o the_o middle_a region_n be_v inhabitable_a be_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n burn_v up_o by_o the_o excessive_a heat_n cause_v by_o the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o by_o this_o reason_n have_v neither_o water_n nor_o pasture_n the_o which_o be_v in_o like_a soâ—t_n contrary_a for_o the_o great_a part_n of_o this_o new_a world_n be_v situate_v betwixt_o the_o two_o tropicke_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o yet_o be_v it_o find_v very_o well_o people_v and_o inhabit_v by_o man_n and_o other_o sort_n of_o creature_n be_v a_o region_n of_o all_o the_o world_n the_o most_o fruitful_a of_o water_n and_o pasture_n and_o very_o temperate_a in_o the_o great_a paâ—t_n which_o the_o will_n of_o god_n have_v so_o appoint_v to_o show_v that_o even_o in_o natural_a thing_n he_o have_v confound_v the_o wisdom_n of_o this_o world_n to_o conclude_v we_o must_v believe_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v well_o inhabit_v although_o the_o ancient_n have_v hold_v it_o impossible_a but_o the_o other_o zone_n or_o region_n which_o lie_v betwixt_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o that_o of_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a although_o it_o be_v in_o a_o climate_n more_o commodious_a for_o the_o life_n of_o man_n yet_o be_v it_o small_o people_v and_o inhabit_v see_v we_o know_v no_o other_o dwell_v in_o it_o but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o chile_n and_o a_o small_a portion_n join_v to_o the_o cape_n of_o good_a hope_n the_o rest_n be_v possess_v by_o the_o ocean_n although_o many_o be_v of_o opinion_n the_o which_o i_o likewise_o hold_v that_o there_o be_v much_o more_o land_n not_o yet_o discover_v the_o which_o shall_v be_v firm_a land_n opposite_a to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o chile_n which_o run_v beyond_o the_o circle_n or_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n and_o if_o there_o be_v any_o without_o doubt_v it_o be_v a_o land_n of_o a_o excellent_a temper_n be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o two_o extreme_n and_o situate_a in_o the_o same_o climate_n with_o the_o best_a region_n in_o europe_n and_o in_o this_o regard_n aristotle_n conjecture_n be_v good_a but_o speak_v of_o what_o be_v discover_v at_o this_o day_n in_o this_o zone_n it_o be_v little_a in_o regard_n of_o the_o large_a country_n inhabit_v under_o the_o burn_a zone_n that_o pliny_n and_o the_o ancient_n hold_v the_o same_o opinion_n with_o aristotle_n chap._n 10._o this_o opinion_n of_o aristotle_n have_v be_v hold_v by_o pliny_n who_o say_v thus_o 61._o the_o temperature_n of_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o world_n where_o the_o sun_n continual_o run_v his_o course_n be_v scorch_v and_o burn_v up_o as_o with_o a_o near_a fire_n join_v to_o the_o same_o region_n there_o be_v two_o other_o of_o either_o side_n which_o lie_v betwixt_o the_o heat_n of_o this_o burn_a zone_n &_o the_o cruel_a cold_a of_o the_o other_o two_o extreme_n be_v very_o temperate_a and_o can_v have_v no_o communication_n one_o with_o another_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o excessive_a heat_n of_o the_o heaven_n which_o have_v be_v the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_n general_o describe_v by_o the_o poet_n in_o these_o verse_n heaven_n circuit_n be_v of_o five_o zone_n one_o whereof_o which_o still_o the_o sun_n burn_v make_v the_o earth_n below_o with_o flame_n intempestive_a red_a hot_a to_o glow_v and_o the_o same_o poet_n in_o another_o place_n hear_v this_o if_o any_o harbour_n in_o that_o seat_n who_o quarter_n under_o that_o large_a zone_n be_v set_v amid_o four_o other_o by_o the_o sun_n enlighten_v and_o another_o poet_n speak_v more_o plain_o as_o many_o region_n be_v there_o on_o the_o ground_n as_o be_v in_o heaven_n wherein_o five_o part_n be_v find_v whereof_o the_o midst_n through_o heat_n raise_v from_o the_o ray_n of_o scorch_a sun_n inhabitable_a stay_v the_o ancient_n have_v ground_v their_o general_a opinion_n upon_o one_o reason_n which_o seem_v to_o they_o certain_a and_o not_o to_o be_v confute_v for_o find_v that_o the_o more_o a_o region_n draw_v near_o unto_o the_o south_n the_o hot_a it_o be_v the_o proof_n whereof_o be_v so_o infallible_a in_o those_o region_n as_o by_o the_o same_o reason_n in_o italy_n apulia_n be_v hot_a than_o tuscan_a and_o in_o spain_n andelozia_n then_o biscaie_n a_o thing_n so_o apparent_a that_o although_o there_o be_v but_o eight_o degree_n difference_n or_o less_o betwixt_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o yet_o do_v we_o find_v the_o one_o extreme_a hot_a and_o the_o other_o very_o cold_a whereby_o they_o do_v infer_v that_o the_o region_n so_o near_o the_o south_n have_v the_o sun_n so_o direct_o for_o zenith_n must_v of_o necessity_n be_v continual_o scorch_v with_o heat_n they_o do_v likewise_o see_v that_o the_o divers_a season_n of_o the_o year_n as_o the_o spring_n summer_n autumn_n &_o winter_n be_v cause_v by_o the_o nearness_n and_o distance_n of_o the_o sun_n find_v also_o that_o although_o they_o be_v far_o from_o the_o tropic_n by_o which_o the_o sun_n do_v pass_v in_o summer_n yet_o when_o it_o approach_v near_o unto_o they_o at_o the_o same_o season_n they_o feel_v great_a heat_n whereby_o they_o do_v conjecture_v that_o if_o they_o have_v have_v the_o sun_n so_o near_o unto_o they_o as_o to_o go_v direct_o over_o their_o head_n the_o heat_n will_v have_v be_v so_o insupportable_a as_o it_o will_v burn_v and_o consume_v man_n with_o the_o vehemency_n thereof_o the_o same_o reason_n move_v the_o ancient_n to_o think_v that_o the_o middle_a region_n be_v not_o habitable_a and_o therefore_o they_o call_v it_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o in_o truth_n if_o visible_a experience_n do_v not_o unfold_v this_o doubt_n we_o shall_v yet_o confess_v that_o this_o reason_n be_v very_o peremptory_a and_o mathematical_a whereby_o we_o may_v see_v how_o weak_a our_o understanding_n be_v to_o comprehend_v these_o natural_a thing_n but_o we_o may_v say_v it_o be_v fall_v out_o to_o the_o great_a good_a and_o happiness_n of_o our_o age_n to_o have_v the_o knowledge_n of_o these_o two_o great_a wonder_n that_o be_v to_o know_v how_o easy_o we_o may_v sail_v through_o the_o great_a ocean_n and_o that_o under_o the_o burn_a zone_n man_n enjoy_v a_o very_a temperate_a heaven_n the_o which_o the_o ancient_n can_v never_o believe_v of_o the_o last_o of_o these_o two_o wonder_n touch_v the_o quality_n and_o habitation_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n by_o the_o grace_n of_o god_n we_o will_v discourse_v ample_o thereof_o in_o the_o next_o book_n i_o think_v it_o therefore_o fit_a in_o this_o book_n to_o treat_v of_o the_o manner_n of_o sail_v through_o the_o ocean_n for_o that_o it_o import_v we_o much_o for_o the_o subject_n of_o this_o work_n but_o before_o we_o come_v to_o this_o point_n it_o shall_v be_v good_a to_o show_v what_o the_o ancient_n think_v of_o these_o new_a man_n who_o we_o call_v indian_n that_o in_o ancient_a book_n we_o find_v some_o knowledge_n of_o this_o new_a world_n chap._n 11._o let_v we_o return_v to_o that_o which_o have_v be_v former_o speak_v we_o must_v necessary_o conclude_v that_o the_o ancient_n do_v believe_v that_o either_o there_o be_v no_o man_n beyond_o the_o tropic_n of_o cancer_n as_o s._n augustine_n and_o lactantius_n do_v affirm_v or_o if_o there_o be_v any_o 11._o at_o the_o least_o they_o do_v not_o inhabit_v betwixt_o the_o two_o
such_o as_o it_o draw_v up_o the_o vapour_n and_o sudden_o consume_v and_o disperse_v they_o for_o the_o heat_n and_o the_o length_n of_o the_o day_n grow_v through_o the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o within_o the_o tropicke_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n the_o far_a distance_n of_o the_o sun_n work_v the_o same_o effect_n that_o the_o nearness_n do_v without_o the_o tropik_n by_o reason_n whereof_o it_o rain_v no_o more_o under_o the_o burn_a zone_n when_o the_o sun_n be_v far_o off_o then_o without_o the_o tropic_n when_o it_o be_v near_a for_o that_o in_o this_o approach_n and_o retire_v the_o sun_n remain_v always_o in_o one_o distance_n whence_o proceed_v this_o effect_n of_o clearness_n but_o when_o the_o sun_n be_v in_o the_o period_n of_o his_o force_n in_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o that_o he_o cast_v his_o beam_n direct_o upon_o the_o inhabitant_n head_n there_o be_v neither_o clearness_n nor_o drienes_n as_o it_o seem_v there_o shall_v be_v but_o rather_o great_a and_o strange_a shower_n for_o that_o by_o this_o violent_a heat_n he_o draw_v up_o sudden_o a_o great_a abundance_n of_o vapour_n from_o the_o earth_n and_o ocean_n which_o be_v so_o thick_a as_o the_o wind_n not_o able_a easy_o to_o disperse_v they_o they_o melt_v into_o water_n which_o breed_v the_o cold_a rain_n in_o so_o great_a abundance_n for_o the_o excessive_a heat_n may_v soon_o draw_v up_o many_o vapour_n the_o which_o be_v not_o so_o soon_o dissolve_v and_o be_v gather_v together_o through_o their_o great_a abundance_n they_o melt_v and_o dissolve_v into_o water_n the_o which_o we_o may_v easy_o discern_v by_o this_o familiar_a example_n roast_n a_o piece_n of_o pork_n mutton_n or_o veal_n if_o the_o fire_n be_v violent_a and_o the_o meat_n near_o we_o see_v the_o fat_a melt_v sudden_o and_o drop_n away_o the_o reason_n be_v that_o the_o violent_a heat_n draw_v forth_o the_o humour_n and_o fat_a from_o the_o meat_n and_o be_v in_o great_a abundance_n can_v dissolve_v it_o and_o so_o it_o distil_v more_o away_o but_o when_o the_o fire_n be_v moderate_a and_o the_o meat_n in_o a_o equal_a distance_n we_o see_v that_o it_o roste_n handsome_o and_o the_o fat_a drop_n not_o too_o sudden_o for_o that_o the_o moderate_a heat_n draw_v out_o the_o moistness_n which_o it_o consume_v sudden_o and_o therefore_o cook_n make_v a_o moderate_a fire_n and_o lay_v not_o their_o meat_n too_o near_o nor_o too_o far_o off_o lest_o it_o melt_v away_o the_o like_a may_v be_v see_v in_o another_o experience_n in_o candle_n of_o tallow_n or_o wax_n if_o the_o wike_v be_v great_a it_o melt_v the_o tallow_n or_o the_o wax_n for_o that_o the_o heat_n can_v consume_v the_o moistness_n which_o rise_v but_o if_o the_o flame_n be_v proporcionable_a the_o wax_n melt_v nor_o drop_v not_o for_o that_o the_o flame_n do_v waste_v it_o by_o little_a and_o little_a as_o it_o rise_v the_o which_o seem_v to_o i_o the_o true_a reason_n why_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a and_o burn_a zone_n the_o violence_n of_o the_o heat_n do_v cause_n rain_n the_o which_o in_o other_o region_n grow_v through_o want_n thereof_o how_o we_o shall_v understand_v that_o which_o have_v be_v former_o speak_v of_o the_o burn_a zone_n chap._n 8._o if_o in_o natural_a and_o physical_a thing_n we_o must_v not_o seek_v out_o infallible_a and_o mathematical_a rule_n but_o that_o which_o be_v ordinary_a and_o try_v by_o experience_n which_o be_v the_o most_o perfect_a rule_n we_o must_v then_o believe_v what_o we_o have_v say_v that_o there_o be_v more_o humidity_n under_o the_o burn_a zone_n then_o in_o other_o region_n and_o that_o it_o rain_v less_o there_o when_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a must_v be_v take_v and_o understand_v after_o one_o sort_n as_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v the_o most_o common_a and_o ordinary_a but_o this_o be_v not_o to_o hinder_v the_o exception_n which_o nature_n have_v give_v to_o this_o rule_n make_v some_o region_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n extreme_o dry_a the_o which_o be_v report_v of_o ethiopia_n and_o we_o have_v see_v it_o in_o a_o great_a part_n of_o peru_n where_o all_o that_o land_n or_o coast_n which_o they_o call_v plain_n want_v rain_n yea_o land_n water_n except_o some_o valley_n where_o river_n fall_v from_o the_o mountain_n the_o rest_n be_v a_o sandy_a and_o barren_a soil_n where_o you_o shall_v hardly_o find_v any_o spring_n but_o some_o deep_a well_n but_o with_o the_o help_n of_o god_n we_o will_v show_v the_o reason_n why_o it_o rain_v not_o in_o these_o plain_n the_o which_o many_o demand_n for_o now_o i_o only_o pretend_v to_o show_v that_o there_o be_v many_o exception_n to_o natural_a rule_n whereby_o it_o may_v happen_v that_o in_o some_o part_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n it_o rain_v not_o when_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a but_o be_v far_o off_o although_o unto_o this_o day_n i_o have_v neither_o see_v nor_o hear_v of_o it_o but_o if_o it_o be_v so_o we_o must_v attribute_v it_o to_o the_o particular_a quality_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o also_o if_o sometime_o the_o contrary_n do_v chance_n we_o must_v have_v regard_n that_o in_o natural_a thing_n there_o happen_v many_o contrariety_n and_o leâ—s_n whereby_o they_o change_v and_o dissolve_v one_o another_o for_o example_n it_o may_v be_v the_o sun_n will_v cause_v rain_n and_o that_o the_o wind_n will_v hinder_v it_o or_o else_o cause_v more_o abundance_n than_o have_v be_v usual_a the_o wind_n have_v their_o property_n and_o divers_a beginning_n by_o the_o which_o they_o work_v divers_a effect_n the_o which_o be_v most_o common_o contrary_a to_o that_o which_o the_o order_n &_o season_n require_v see_v then_o in_o all_o place_n we_o see_v great_a variety_n in_o the_o year_n which_o proceed_v from_o the_o divers_a motion_n and_o aspect_n of_o planet_n it_o be_v not_o out_o of_o purpose_n to_o say_v that_o in_o the_o burn_a zone_n we_o may_v see_v and_o observe_v some_o thing_n contrary_a to_o that_o we_o have_v try_v but_o to_o conclude_v that_o which_o we_o have_v speak_v be_v a_o certain_a and_o undoubted_a truth_n which_o be_v that_o the_o great_a draught_n which_o the_o ancient_n hold_v to_o be_v in_o the_o middle_a region_n which_o they_o call_v the_o burn_a zone_n be_v nothing_o at_o all_o but_o contrariwise_o there_o be_v great_a humidity_n and_o then_o it_o rain_v most_o when_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v not_o violent_o hot_a but_o moderate_a chap._n 9_o hitherto_o we_o have_v treat_v of_o the_o humidity_n of_o the_o burn_a zone_n now_o it_o shall_v be_v fit_a to_o discourse_v of_o the_o other_o two_o quality_n hot_a and_o cold_a we_o have_v show_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o this_o discourse_n how_o the_o ancient_n hold_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v hot_a and_o exceed_o dry_a the_o which_o be_v not_o so_o for_o it_o be_v hot_a and_o moist_a and_o in_o the_o great_a part_n the_o heat_n be_v not_o excessive_a but_o rather_o moderate_a which_o some_o will_v hold_v incredible_a if_o we_o have_v not_o try_v it_o when_o i_o pass_v to_o the_o indies_n i_o will_v tell_v what_o chance_v unto_o i_o have_v read_v what_o poet_n and_o philosopher_n write_v of_o the_o bâ—â—ning_a zone_n i_o persuade_v myself_o that_o come_v to_o the_o equinoctial_a i_o shall_v not_o endure_v the_o violent_a heat_n but_o it_o fall_v out_o otherwise_o for_o when_o i_o pass_v which_o be_v when_o the_o sun_n be_v there_o for_o zenith_n be_v enter_v into_o aries_n in_o the_o month_n of_o march_n i_o feel_v so_o great_a cold_a as_o i_o be_v force_v to_o go_v into_o the_o sun_n to_o warm_v i_o what_o can_v i_o else_o do_v then_o but_o laugh_v at_o aristotle_n meteor_n and_o his_o philosophy_n see_v that_o in_o that_o place_n and_o at_o that_o season_n whenas_o all_o shall_v be_v scorch_v with_o heat_n according_a to_o his_o rule_n i_o and_o all_o my_o companion_n be_v a_o cold_a in_o truth_n there_o be_v no_o region_n in_o the_o world_n more_o pleasant_a and_o temperate_a then_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a although_o it_o be_v not_o in_o all_o part_n of_o a_o equal_a temperature_n but_o have_v great_a diversity_n the_o burn_a zone_n in_o some_o part_n be_v very_o temperate_a as_o in_o quitto_n and_o on_o the_o plain_n of_o peru_n in_o some_o part_n very_o cold_a as_o at_o potozi_n and_o in_o some_o very_a hot_a as_o in_o ethiopia_n bresill_n and_o the_o molucque_n this_o diversity_n be_v know_v and_o certain_a unto_o we_o we_o must_v of_o force_n seek_v out_o another_o cause_n of_o cold_a and_o heat_n then_o the_o sun_n beam_n see_v that_o in_o one_o season_n of_o theyeere_n and_o in_o place_n of_o one_o height_n and_o distance_n from_o the_o pole_n and_o equinoctial_a we_o find_v so_o great_a diversity_n
and_o environ_v this_o great_a mass_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o which_o be_v wrought_v by_o the_o wisdom_n of_o that_o great_a architect_n they_o say_v the_o earth_n be_v build_v upon_o the_o water_n and_o upon_o the_o sea_n but_o contrariwise_o the_o earth_n be_v rather_o under_o the_o water_n for_o according_a to_o common_a judgement_n and_o imagination_n that_o which_o be_v on_o the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o we_o inhabit_v seem_v to_o be_v under_o the_o earth_n and_o so_o by_o the_o same_o reason_n the_o water_n and_o sea_n which_o do_v compass_v in_o the_o earth_n on_o the_o other_o part_n shall_v be_v underneath_o and_o the_o earth_n above_o yet_o the_o very_a truth_n be_v that_o what_o be_v proper_o beneath_o that_o be_v always_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o universal_a but_o the_o holy_a scripture_n frame_v itself_o to_o our_o manner_n of_o conceive_v and_o speak_v some_o may_v demand_v see_v the_o earth_n be_v set_v upon_o the_o water_n as_o the_o scripture_n say_v whereon_o the_o water_n be_v place_v or_o what_o support_n have_v they_o and_o if_o the_o earth_n and_o the_o water_n make_v one_o round_a globe_n how_o can_v all_o this_o monstrous_a mass_n be_v sustain_v to_o this_o the_o holy_a scripture_n answer_v they_o in_o another_o place_n give_v we_o great_a cause_n to_o admire_v the_o power_n of_o the_o creator_n and_o say_v in_o these_o word_n 26._o the_o earth_n extend_v towards_o the_o north_n upon_o the_o vast_a and_o stay_v hang_v upon_o nothing_o the_o which_o in_o truth_n be_v very_o well_o speak_v for_o that_o real_o it_o seem_v this_o heap_n of_o earth_n and_o water_n be_v set_v upon_o nothing_o when_o we_o describe_v it_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o air_n as_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v but_o this_o wonder_n which_o man_n so_o much_o admire_v god_n himself_o have_v not_o lay_v open_a demand_v of_o the_o same_o job_n in_o these_o term_n 38._o tell_v i_o if_o thou_o can_v who_o have_v lay_v the_o line_n or_o cast_v the_o lead_n for_o the_o build_n of_o the_o world_n and_o with_o what_o mortar_n the_o foundation_n have_v be_v lay_v and_o join_v final_o to_o make_v we_o understand_v the_o fashion_n and_o model_n of_o this_o admirable_a frame_n of_o the_o world_n the_o prophet_n david_n accustom_v to_o sing_v and_o praise_v his_o divine_a work_n say_v very_o well_o in_o a_o psalm_n make_v of_o this_o subject_n 103._o in_o these_o word_n thou_o which_o have_v build_v the_o earth_n upon_o firmness_n itself_o that_o it_o can_v stagger_v nor_o move_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o mean_v to_o show_v the_o cause_n why_o the_o earth_n set_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o air_n fall_v not_o nor_o stagger_v from_o place_n to_o place_n for_o that_o by_o nature_n it_o have_v sure_a foundation_n lay_v by_o the_o most_o wise_a creator_n to_o the_o end_n it_o may_v sustain_v itself_o without_o any_o other_o support_n man_n imagination_n be_v therefore_o deceive_v in_o this_o place_n seek_v other_o foundation_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o for_o want_v thereof_o do_v measure_n divine_a thing_n according_a to_o human_a reason_n so_o that_o we_o need_v not_o to_o fear_v how_o great_a or_o heavy_a soever_o this_o mass_n of_o earth_n then_o hang_v in_o the_o air_n seem_v to_o be_v that_o it_o can_v fall_v or_o turn_v topsy_n turâ—y_n be_v assure_v upon_o this_o point_n for_o that_o the_o same_o psalmist_n say_v that_o it_o shall_v never_o be_v overthrow_v true_o david_n with_o reason_n after_o he_o have_v behold_v and_o sing_v the_o wonderful_a work_n of_o the_o lord_n do_v not_o cease_v to_o praise_v he_o in_o the_o same_o 103._o say_v o_o how_o great_a &_o wonderful_a be_v the_o work_n of_o the_o lord_n it_o appear_v that_o all_o spring_n from_o his_o knowledge_n and_o in_o truth_n if_o i_o shall_v free_o speak_v my_o opinion_n touch_v this_o point_n often_o in_o my_o travel_n pass_v the_o great_a gulf_n of_o the_o ocean_n and_o march_v by_o other_o region_n of_o so_o strange_a land_n stay_v to_o behold_v and_o consider_v the_o greatness_n of_o these_o work_n of_o the_o lord_n i_o feel_v a_o wonderful_a consolation_n of_o the_o sovereign_a wisdom_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o creator_n who_o shine_v in_o his_o work_n in_o comparison_n whereof_o all_o the_o palace_n castle_n and_o princely_a building_n together_o with_o all_o the_o invention_n of_o man_n seem_v nothing_o yea_o be_v base_a and_o contemptible_a in_o respect_n thereof_o o_o how_o often_o have_v come_v into_o my_o mind_n and_o mouth_n that_o place_n of_o the_o psalm_n which_o say_v thus_o great_a comfort_n have_v thou_o give_v i_o o_o lord_n by_o thy_o work_n i_o will_v not_o cease_v to_o rejoice_v in_o the_o contemplation_n of_o the_o work_n of_o thy_o hand_n real_o and_o in_o truth_n the_o work_n of_o god_n have_v i_o know_v not_o what_o secret_a &_o hide_a grace_n and_o virtue_n the_o which_o although_o they_o be_v often_o behold_v yet_o do_v they_o still_o cause_v a_o new_a taste_n and_o content_v whereas_o contrariwise_o the_o work_n of_o man_n although_o they_o be_v build_v with_o exquisite_a art_n yet_o often_o see_v they_o be_v no_o more_o esteem_v but_o breed_v a_o distaste_n be_v they_o most_o pleasant_a garden_n palace_n or_o stately_a temple_n be_v they_o pyramid_n of_o proud_a building_n picture_n carve_a image_n or_o stone_n of_o rare_a work_n and_o invention_n or_o whatsoever_o else_o adorn_v with_o all_o the_o beauty_n possible_a yet_o be_v it_o most_o certain_a that_o view_v they_o twice_o or_o thrice_o with_o attention_n the_o eye_n present_o turn_v away_o be_v glut_v with_o the_o sight_n thereof_o but_o if_o you_o behold_v the_o sea_n with_o attention_n or_o some_o steep_a mountain_n grow_v from_o a_o plain_a to_o a_o strange_a height_n or_o the_o field_n clad_v in_o their_o natural_a verdure_n with_o pleasant_a flower_n or_o the_o rage_a course_n of_o some_o river_n beat_v continual_o against_o the_o rock_n final_o what_o work_n of_o nature_n soever_o although_o it_o be_v often_o view_v yet_o do_v it_o still_o breed_v a_o new_a content_n and_o never_o glutte_v the_o sight_n the_o which_o be_v like_a unto_o a_o stately_a banquet_n of_o the_o divine_a wisdom_n which_o do_v always_o cause_v a_o new_a consideration_n without_o any_o loathe_n contain_v a_o answer_n to_o that_o which_o be_v object_v out_o of_o the_o holy_a scripture_n against_o the_o roundness_n of_o the_o earth_n chap._n 4._o return_v then_o to_o the_o figure_n of_o heaven_n i_o know_v not_o out_o of_o what_o authority_n of_o the_o holy_a scripture_n they_o can_v prove_v that_o it_o be_v not_o round_o nor_o his_o motion_n circular_a neither_o do_v i_o see_v whereas_o s._n paul_n call_v the_o heaven_n a_o tabernacle_n or_o a_o tent_n which_o god_n make_v 8._o &_o not_o man_n how_o can_v it_o be_v apply_v to_o this_o purpose_n for_o although_o he_o tell_v we_o that_o it_o be_v make_v by_o god_n yet_o must_v we_o not_o therefore_o conjecture_v that_o the_o heaven_n cover_v the_o earth_n like_v to_o a_o roof_n on_o the_o one_o part_n only_o neither_o that_o the_o heaven_n be_v frame_v without_o motion_n as_o it_o seem_v some_o will_v infer_v the_o apostle_n in_o this_o place_n treat_v of_o the_o conformity_n of_o the_o ancient_a tabernacle_n of_o the_o law_n say_v thereupon_o that_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o the_o new_a law_n of_o grace_n be_v heaven_n into_o the_o which_o the_o great_a priest_n jesus_n christ_n enter_v once_o by_o his_o blood_n and_o thereby_o be_v understand_v that_o there_o be_v as_o great_a pre-eminence_n of_o the_o new_a above_o the_o old_a as_o there_o be_v difference_n betwixt_o the_o author_n of_o the_o new_a which_o be_v god_n and_o of_o the_o old_a which_o be_v man_n although_o it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o the_o old_a be_v build_v by_o the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n who_o instruct_v his_o workman_n bezeleell_o 36._o neither_o must_v we_o imagine_v that_o these_o comparison_n parable_n and_o allegory_n do_v in_o all_o thing_n agree_v with_o that_o whereunto_o they_o be_v apply_v as_o the_o happy_a crysostome_n have_v learned_o speak_v upon_o this_o point_n cap._n the_o other_o authority_n which_o s._n augustine_n say_v be_v allege_v of_o some_o to_o show_v that_o the_o heaven_n be_v not_o round_o be_v this_o the_o heaven_n stretch_v forth_o like_a unto_o a_o skin_n 103._o whereby_o he_o conclude_v that_o it_o be_v not_o round_o but_o flat_a on_o the_o upper_a part_n whereunto_o the_o same_o doctor_n do_v answer_v very_o well_o and_o familiar_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o that_o place_n of_o the_o psalm_n be_v not_o proper_o to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o figure_n of_o heaven_n 9_o but_o only_o to_o show_v with_o what_o facility_n god_n build_v so_o great_a a_o heaven_n be_v no_o more_o painful_a for_o he_o to_o
build_v so_o huge_a a_o cover_n as_o the_o heaven_n be_v then_o to_o unfold_v a_o double_a skin_n or_o else_o the_o psalmist_n pretend_v to_o show_v we_o the_o great_a majesty_n of_o god_n to_o who_o the_o heaven_n with_o his_o greatness_n and_o beauty_n do_v serve_v in_o like_a manner_n as_o our_o tent_n and_o pavilion_n in_o the_o field_n the_o which_o be_v well_o express_v by_o a_o poet_n call_v it_o the_o tent_n of_o the_o clear_a heaven_n in_o like_a sort_n the_o place_n of_o isaii_fw-la which_o say_v heaven_n serve_v i_o as_o a_o chair_n and_o the_o earth_n for_o a_o footstool_n 66._o but_o if_o we_o follow_v the_o error_n of_o the_o antromorphites_n which_o do_v attribute_n corporal_a member_n unto_o god_n according_a to_o his_o divinity_n we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n upon_o this_o last_o text_n to_o examine_v how_o it_o be_v possible_a the_o earth_n shall_v be_v a_o footstool_n to_o god_n foot_n and_o how_o the_o same_o god_n can_v hold_v his_o foot_n of_o the_o one_o part_n and_o the_o other_o and_o many_o head_n round_o about_o see_v that_o he_o be_v in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v a_o vain_a and_o ridiculous_a thing_n we_o must_v therefore_o conclude_v that_o in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n we_o ought_v not_o to_o follow_v the_o letter_n which_o kill_v 2_o but_o the_o spirit_n which_o quicken_v as_o say_v s._n paul_n of_o the_o fashion_n and_o form_n of_o heaven_n at_o the_o new-found_a world_n chap._n 5._o many_o in_o europe_n demand_v of_o what_o form_n and_o fashion_n heaven_n be_v in_o the_o southern_a part_n for_o that_o there_o be_v no_o certainty_n find_v in_o ancient_a book_n who_o although_o they_o grant_v there_o be_v a_o heaven_n on_o this_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n yet_o come_v they_o not_o to_o any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o form_n thereof_o although_o in_o truth_n they_o make_v mention_n of_o a_o goodly_a great_a star_n see_v in_o those_o part_n 22._o which_o they_o call_v canopus_n those_o which_o of_o late_a day_n have_v sail_v into_o these_o part_n have_v accustom_v to_o write_v strange_a thing_n of_o this_o heaven_n that_o it_o be_v very_o bright_a have_v many_o goodly_a star_n and_o in_o effect_n thing_n which_o come_v far_o be_v common_o describe_v with_o increase_n but_o it_o seem_v contrary_a unto_o i_o hold_v it_o for_o certain_a that_o in_o our_o region_n of_o the_o north_n there_o be_v a_o great_a number_n and_o big_a star_n find_v no_o star_n in_o these_o part_n which_o exceed_v the_o fisher_n or_o the_o chariot_n in_o bigness_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o cross_n in_o these_o part_n be_v very_o fair_a and_o please_a to_o behold_v we_o call_v the_o cross_n four_o notable_a and_o apparent_a star_n which_o make_v the_o form_n of_o a_o cross_n set_v equal_o and_o with_o proportion_n the_o ignorant_a suppose_v this_o cross_n to_o be_v the_o southern_a pole_n for_o that_o they_o see_v the_o navigator_n take_v their_o height_n thereby_o as_o we_o be_v accustom_v to_o do_v by_o the_o north_n star_n but_o they_o be_v deceyve_v and_o the_o reason_n why_o sailor_n do_v it_o in_o this_o â—orte_n be_v for_o that_o in_o the_o south_n part_v there_o be_v no_o fix_a star_n that_o mark_n the_o pole_n as_o the_o north_n star_n do_v to_o our_o pole_n and_o therefore_o they_o take_v their_o height_n by_o the_o star_n at_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o cross_n distant_a from_o the_o true_a and_o fix_a pole_n antarctic_a thirty_o degree_n as_o the_o north_n star_n be_v distant_a from_o the_o pole_n arctic_n three_o degree_n or_o little_o more_o and_o so_o it_o be_v more_o difficult_a to_o take_v the_o height_n in_o those_o part_n for_o that_o the_o say_a star_n at_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o cross_n must_v be_v right_a the_o which_o chance_v but_o in_o one_o hour_n of_o the_o night_n which_o be_v in_o divers_a season_n of_o the_o year_n in_o divers_a hour_n and_o often_o time_n it_o appear_v not_o in_o the_o whole_a night_n so_o as_o it_o be_v very_o difficult_a to_o take_v the_o height_n and_o therefore_o the_o most_o expert_a pilot_n regard_v not_o the_o cross_n take_v the_o height_n of_o the_o sun_n by_o the_o astrolabe_n by_o which_o they_o know_v in_o what_o height_n they_o be_v wherein_o common_o the_o portugal_n be_v more_o expert_a as_o a_o nation_n that_o have_v more_o discourse_n in_o the_o art_n of_o navigation_n than_o any_o other_o there_o be_v also_o other_o star_n in_o these_o southern_a part_n which_o in_o some_o sort_n resemble_v those_o of_o the_o north._n that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o milken_a way_n be_v large_a and_o more_o resplendent_a in_o the_o south_n part_n appear_v therein_o those_o admirable_a black_a spot_n lactea_fw-la whereof_o we_o have_v make_v mention_n as_o for_o other_o particularity_n let_v other_o speak_v of_o they_o with_o great_a curiositle_n and_o let_v this_o which_o we_o have_v say_v suffice_v for_o this_o time_n that_o there_o be_v land_n and_o seavader_n the_o two_o pole_n chap._n 6._o iit_fw-la be_v no_o small_a labour_n to_o have_v unfold_v this_o doubt_n with_o this_o knowledge_n and_o resolution_n that_o there_o be_v a_o heaven_n in_o these_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n which_o do_v cover_v they_o as_o in_o europe_n asia_n and_o aâ—â—riâ—ke_v and_o this_o point_n serve_v often_o against_o many_o spaniard_n who_o be_v here_o sigh_v for_o spain_n have_v no_o discourse_n but_o of_o their_o country_n they_o wonder_v yea_o they_o grow_v discontent_v with_o we_o imagine_v that_o we_o have_v forget_v &_o make_v small_a account_n of_o our_o native_a soil_n to_o who_o we_o answer_v that_o the_o desire_n to_o return_v into_o spain_n do_v nothing_o trouble_v we_o be_v as_o near_o unto_o heaven_n at_o peru_n as_o in_o spain_n as_o saint_n jerome_n say_v well_o write_v unto_o paulinus_n that_o the_o gate_n of_o heaven_n be_v as_o near_o unto_o brittany_n as_o to_o jerusalem_n but_o although_o the_o heaven_n do_v compass_n in_o the_o world_n of_o all_o paâ—ts_n yet_o must_v we_o not_o imagine_v that_o there_o be_v land_n necessary_o on_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n for_o be_v so_o that_o the_o two_o element_n of_o earth_n and_o water_n make_v one_o globe_n or_o bowl_n according_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o most_o renown_a ancient_a author_n as_o plutarch_n testify_v and_o as_o it_o be_v prove_v by_o most_o certain_a demonstration_n 1â—_n we_o may_v conjecture_v that_o the_o sea_n do_v occupy_v all_o this_o part_n which_o be_v under_o the_o antarctic_a or_o southern_a pole_n so_o as_o there_o shall_v not_o remain_v any_o place_n in_o these_o part_n for_o the_o earth_n the_o which_o saint_n augustine_n do_v very_o learned_o hold_v against_o they_o that_o maintain_v the_o antipode_n say_v that_o although_o it_o be_v prove_v and_o we_o believe_v that_o the_o world_n be_v round_o like_a to_o a_o bowl_n we_o may_v not_o therefore_o infer_v that_o in_o this_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n the_o earth_n be_v uncover_v and_o without_o water_n without_o doubt_n 9_o saint_n augustine_n speak_v well_o upon_o this_o point_n and_o as_o the_o contrary_n be_v not_o prove_v so_o do_v it_o not_o follow_v that_o there_o be_v any_o land_n discover_v at_o the_o antarctic_a pole_n the_o which_o experience_n have_v now_o plain_o teach_v we_o for_o although_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o world_n under_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a be_fw-mi sea_n yet_o be_v it_o not_o altogether_o but_o there_o be_v likewise_o land_n so_o as_o in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n the_o earth_n and_o water_n embrace_v one_o another_o which_o true_o be_v a_o thing_n to_o make_v we_o admire_v and_o glorify_v the_o art_n of_o the_o sovereign_a creator_n we_o know_v then_o by_o the_o holy_a scripture_n that_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n 1._o the_o water_n be_v gather_v together_o in_o one_o place_n so_o as_o the_o earth_n remain_v uncover_v moreover_o the_o same_o holy_a written_a do_v teach_v we_o that_o these_o gather_n together_o of_o the_o water_n be_v call_v sea_n and_o as_o there_o be_v many_o so_o of_o necessity_n there_o must_v be_v many_o sea_n and_o this_o diversity_n of_o sea_n be_v not_o only_o in_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n whereas_o one_o be_v call_v euxine_a another_o the_o caspian_a a_o other_o the_o erethean_a or_o red_a sea_n a_o other_o the_o persian_a a_o other_o of_o italy_n and_o so_o many_o other_o but_o also_o in_o the_o great_a ocean_n which_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v usual_o call_v a_o gulf_n although_o real_o and_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v but_o a_o sea_n yet_o in_o many_o and_o divers_a manner_n as_o in_o respect_n of_o peru_n and_o all_o america_n the_o one_o be_v call_v the_o north_n sea_n the_o other_o the_o south_n and_o at_o the_o east_n indies_n the_o one_o be_v call_v
the_o indian_a sea_n the_o other_o that_o of_o china_n and_o i_o have_v observe_v as_o well_o by_o my_o own_o navigation_n as_o by_o the_o relation_n of_o other_o that_o the_o sea_n be_v never_o divide_v from_o the_o land_n above_o a_o thousand_o league_n and_o although_o the_o great_a ocean_n stretch_v far_o yet_o do_v it_o never_o pass_v this_o measure_n i_o will_v not_o for_o all_o this_o affirm_v that_o we_o sail_v not_o above_o a_o thousand_o league_n in_o the_o ocean_n which_o be_v repugnant_a to_o truth_n be_v well_o know_v that_o the_o ship_n of_o portugal_n have_v sail_v four_o time_n as_o much_o and_o more_o and_o that_o the_o whole_a world_n may_v be_v compass_v about_o by_o sea_n as_o we_o have_v see_v in_o these_o day_n without_o any_o further_a doubt_n but_o i_o say_v and_o affirm_v that_o of_o that_o which_o be_v at_o this_o day_n discover_v there_o be_v no_o land_n distant_a from_o a_o other_o firm_a land_n by_o direct_a line_n or_o from_o some_o island_n near_o unto_o it_o above_o a_o thousand_o league_n and_o so_o betwixt_o two_o firm_a land_n there_o be_v no_o great_a distance_n of_o sea_n account_v from_o the_o near_a part_n of_o both_o the_o land_n for_o from_o the_o end_n of_o europe_n or_o africa_n and_o their_o coast_n to_o the_o canary_n the_o isle_n of_o acore_n cape_n verd_fw-mi and_o other_o in_o the_o like_a degree_n be_v not_o above_o three_o hundred_o league_n or_o five_o hundred_o from_o the_o main_n land_n from_o the_o say_a land_n run_v along_o to_o the_o west_n indies_n there_o be_v scant_o nine_o hundred_o league_n to_o the_o land_n of_o saint_n dominick_n the_o virgin_n the_o happy_a island_n and_o the_o rest_n and_o the_o same_o land_n run_v along_o in_o order_n to_o the_o island_n of_o barlovent_n which_o be_v cuba_n hispanâ—ola_n and_o boriquen_o from_o the_o same_o land_n unto_o the_o main_n land_n be_v scarce_o two_o or_o three_o hundred_o league_n &_o in_o the_o near_a part_n far_o less_o the_o firm_a land_n run_v a_o infinite_a space_n from_o terraâ—florida_n to_o the_o land_n of_o patagon_n and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o south_n from_o the_o straight_a of_o maggellan_n to_o the_o cape_n of_o mendoce_n there_o run_v a_o long_a continent_n but_o not_o very_o large_a for_o the_o large_a be_v the_o travers_n of_o peru_n which_o be_v distant_a from_o brasil_n about_o a_o thousand_o league_n in_o this_o south_n sea_n although_o they_o have_v not_o yet_o discover_v the_o end_n towards_o the_o west_n yet_o of_o late_o they_o have_v find_v out_o the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v solomon_n the_o which_o be_v many_o and_o great_a distant_a from_o peru_n about_o eight_o hundred_o league_n and_o for_o that_o we_o find_v by_o observation_n that_o whereas_o there_o be_v many_o and_o great_a island_n so_o there_o be_v some_o firm_a land_n not_o far_o off_o i_o myself_o with_o many_o other_o do_v believe_v that_o there_o be_v some_o firm_a land_n near_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o solomon_n the_o which_o do_v answer_v unto_o our_o america_n on_o the_o west_n part_n and_o possible_o may_v run_v by_o the_o height_n of_o the_o south_n to_o the_o strait_n of_o maggellan_n some_o hold_n that_o nova_n guinea_n be_v firm_a land_n and_o some_o learned_a man_n describe_v it_o near_o to_o the_o land_n of_o solomon_n so_o as_o it_o be_v likely_a a_o good_a part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v not_o yet_o discover_v see_v at_o this_o day_n our_o man_n sail_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n unto_o china_n and_o the_o philippines_n and_o we_o say_v that_o to_o go_v from_o peru_n to_o those_o part_n they_o pass_v a_o great_a sea_n then_o in_o go_v from_o spain_n to_o peru._n moreover_o we_o know_v that_o by_o that_o famous_a straight_a of_o maggellan_n these_o two_o sea_n do_v join_v and_o continue_v one_o with_o a_o other_o i_o say_v the_o south_n sea_n with_o that_o of_o the_o north_n by_o that_o part_n of_o the_o antarctic_a pole_n which_o be_v in_o fifty_o one_o degree_n of_o altitude_n but_o it_o be_v a_o great_a question_n wherein_o many_o have_v busy_v themselves_o whether_o these_o two_o sea_n join_v together_o in_o the_o north_n part_n but_o i_o have_v not_o hear_v that_o any_o unto_o this_o day_n can_v attain_v unto_o this_o point_n but_o by_o certain_a likelihood_n and_o conjecture_n some_o affirm_v there_o be_v a_o other_o straight_o under_o the_o north_n opposite_a to_o that_o of_o maggellan_n but_o it_o suffice_v for_o our_o subject_n to_o know_v that_o there_o be_v a_o firm_a land_n on_o this_o southern_a part_n as_o big_a as_o all_o europe_n asiae_n and_o africa_n that_o under_o both_o the_o pole_n we_o find_v both_o land_n and_o sea_n one_o embrace_v a_o other_o whereof_o the_o ancient_n may_v stand_v in_o doubt_n and_o contradict_v it_o for_o want_n of_o experience_n to_o confute_v the_o opinion_n of_o lactantius_n who_o hold_v there_o be_v no_o antipode_n chap._n 7._o see_v it_o be_v manifest_a that_o there_o be_v firm_a land_n upon_o the_o south_n part_n or_o pole_n antarctic_a we_o must_v now_o see_v if_o it_o be_v inhabit_v 23._o the_o which_o have_v be_v a_o matter_n very_o disputable_a in_o former_a time_n lactantius_n firmian_n and_o s._n augustine_n mock_v at_o such_o as_o hold_v there_o be_v any_o antipode_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v 9_o as_o man_n march_v with_o their_o foot_n opposite_a to_o we_o but_o although_o these_o two_o author_n agree_v in_o these_o jest_n yet_o do_v they_o differ_v much_o in_o their_o reason_n and_o opinion_n as_o they_o be_v of_o very_o divers_a spirit_n and_o judgement_n lactantius_n follow_v the_o vulgar_a seem_v ridiculous_a unto_o he_o that_o the_o heaven_n shall_v be_v round_o and_o that_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v compass_v in_o the_o midst_n thereof_o like_v unto_o a_o ball_n whereof_o he_o write_v in_o these_o term_n what_o reason_n be_v there_o for_o some_o to_o affirm_v that_o there_o be_v antipode_n who_o step_n be_v opposite_a to_o we_o be_v it_o possible_a that_o any_o shall_v be_v so_o gross_a and_o simple_a as_o to_o believe_v there_o be_v a_o people_n or_o nation_n march_v with_o their_o feâ—te_n upwardes_o and_o their_o head_n downwards_o and_o that_o thing_n which_o be_v place_v here_o of_o one_o sort_n be_v in_o that_o other_o part_n hang_v topsy_n turvie_o that_o tree_n and_o corn_n grow_v downwards_o and_o that_o rain_n snow_n &_o hail_n fall_v from_o the_o earth_n upward_o then_o after_o some_o other_o discourse_n the_o same_o lactantius_n use_v these_o word_n the_o imagination_n and_o conceit_n which_o some_o have_v have_v suppose_v the_o heaven_n to_o be_v round_o have_v be_v the_o cause_n to_o invent_v these_o antipode_n hang_v in_o the_o air_n so_o as_o i_o know_v not_o what_o to_o say_v of_o such_o philosopher_n who_o have_v once_o err_v continue_v still_o obstinate_o in_o their_o opinion_n defend_v one_o another_o but_o whatsoever_o he_o say_v we_o that_o live_v now_o at_o peru_n and_o inhabit_v that_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v oposite_a to_o asia_n and_o their_o antipode_n as_o the_o cosmographer_n do_v teach_v we_o find_v not_o ourselves_o to_o be_v hang_v in_o the_o air_n our_o head_n downward_o and_o our_o foot_n on_o high_a true_o it_o be_v strange_a to_o consider_v that_o the_o spirit_n and_o understanding_n of_o man_n can_v attain_v unto_o the_o truth_n without_o the_o use_n of_o imagination_n and_o on_o the_o other_o part_n it_o be_v impossible_a but_o he_o shall_v err_v and_o be_v deceive_v if_o he_o shall_v whole_o forbear_v it_o we_o can_v comprehend_v the_o heaven_n to_o be_v round_o as_o it_o be_v and_o the_o earth_n to_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o without_o imagination_n but_o if_o this_o imagination_n be_v not_o control_v and_o reform_v by_o reason_n in_o the_o end_n we_o shall_v be_v deceive_v whereby_o we_o may_v certain_o conclude_v that_o in_o our_o soul_n there_o be_v a_o certain_a light_n of_o heaven_n whereby_o we_o see_v and_o judge_v of_o the_o interior_a form_n which_o present_v themselves_o unto_o we_o and_o by_o the_o same_o we_o allow_v of_o or_o reject_v that_o which_o imagination_n do_v offer_v unto_o us._n hereby_o we_o see_v that_o the_o rational_a soul_n be_v above_o all_o corporal_a power_n and_o as_o the_o force_n and_o etenall_a vigour_n of_o truth_n do_v rule_v in_o the_o most_o eminent_a part_n of_o man_n yea_o we_o plain_o see_v that_o this_o pure_a light_n be_v participant_a and_o proceed_v from_o that_o first_o great_a light_n that_o whoso_o know_v not_o this_o or_o doubt_v thereof_o we_o may_v well_o say_v that_o he_o be_v igmorant_n or_o doubt_n whether_o he_o be_v a_o man_n or_o no._n so_o if_o we_o shall_v demand_v of_o our_o imagination_n what_o it_o think_v of_o the_o roundness_n of_o
uttermost_a bound_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o in_o another_o place_n they_o say_v that_o the_o gospel_n do_v flourish_v and_o increase_v through_o the_o universal_a world_n for_o the_o holy_a scripture_n by_o a_o usual_a phrase_n call_v all_o the_o world_n that_o which_o be_v the_o great_a part_n thereof_o and_o be_v at_o that_o time_n discover_v and_o know_v and_o the_o ancient_n be_v ignorant_a that_o the_o east_n indian_a sea_n and_o that_o of_o the_o west_n be_v navigable_a wherein_o they_o have_v general_o agree_v by_o reason_n whereof_o pliny_n write_v as_o a_o certain_a truth_n that_o the_o sea_n which_o be_v betwixt_o two_o land_n take_v from_o we_o a_o just_a moiety_n of_o the_o habitable_a earth_n for_o say_v he_o we_o can_v pass_v thither_o neither_o they_o come_v hither_o final_o tully_n macrobius_n pomponius_n mela_n and_o the_o ancient_a writer_n hold_v the_o same_o opinion_n of_o aristotle_n opinion_n touch_v the_o new_a world_n and_o what_o abuse_v he_o to_o make_v he_o deny_v it_o chap._n 9_o beside_o all_o the_o former_a reason_n there_o be_v yet_o a_o other_o which_o move_v the_o ancient_n to_o believe_v it_o to_o be_v impossible_a for_o man_n to_o pass_v to_o this_o new_a world_n the_o which_o they_o hold_v for_o that_o beside_o the_o vastness_n of_o the_o great_a ocean_n the_o heat_n of_o that_o region_n which_o they_o call_v the_o burn_a zone_n be_v so_o excessive_a as_o it_o will_v not_o suffer_v any_o man_n how_o venturous_a or_o laborious_a soev_a to_o pass_v by_o sea_n or_o land_n from_o one_o pole_n to_o a_o other_o for_o although_o these_o philosopher_n have_v themselves_o affirm_v that_o the_o earth_n be_v round_o as_o in_o effect_v it_o be_v and_o that_o under_o the_o 2._o pole_n there_o be_v habitable_a land_n yet_o can_v they_o not_o conceyve_v that_o the_o region_n contain_v all_o that_o lie_v betwixt_o the_o two_o tropicke_n which_o be_v the_o great_a of_o the_o five_o zone_n or_o region_n by_o the_o which_o the_o cosmographer_n and_o astrologer_n divide_v the_o world_n may_v be_v inhabit_v by_o man_n the_o reason_n they_o give_v to_o maintain_v this_o zone_n to_o be_v inhabitable_a be_v for_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n which_o make_v his_o course_n direct_o over_o this_o region_n and_o approach_v so_o near_o as_o it_o be_v set_v on_o fire_n and_o so_o by_o consequence_n cause_v a_o want_n of_o water_n and_o pasture_n aristotle_n be_v of_o this_o opinion_n who_o although_o he_o be_v a_o great_a philosopher_n yet_o be_v he_o deceyve_v in_o this_o point_n for_o the_o clear_n whereof_o it_o shall_v be_v good_a to_o observe_v his_o reason_n and_o to_o note_v wherein_o he_o have_v discourse_v well_o 5._o and_o wherein_o he_o have_v err_v this_o philosopher_n make_v a_o question_n of_o the_o meridional_a or_o southern_a wind_n whether_o we_o shall_v believe_v it_o take_v his_o beginning_n from_o the_o south_n or_o from_o the_o other_o pole_n contrary_a to_o the_o north_n and_o write_v in_o these_o term_n reason_n teach_v we_o that_o the_o latitude_n and_o largeness_n of_o the_o habitable_a earth_n have_v her_o bound_n and_o limit_n and_o yet_o all_o this_o habitable_a earth_n can_v be_v unite_v and_o join_v one_o to_o the_o other_o by_o reason_n the_o middle_a region_n be_v so_o intemperate_a for_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o in_o her_o longitude_n which_o be_v from_o east_n to_o west_n there_o be_v no_o immoderate_a cold_a nor_o heat_n but_o in_o her_o latitude_n and_o height_n which_o be_v from_o the_o pole_n to_o the_o equinoctial_a line_n so_o as_o we_o may_v well_o pass_v the_o whole_a earth_n in_o her_o longitude_n if_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o sea_n which_o join_v land_n together_o be_v no_o hindrance_n hitherto_o there_o be_v no_o contradict_v of_o aristotle_n who_o have_v great_a reason_n to_o affirm_v that_o the_o earth_n in_o her_o longitude_n which_o be_v from_o east_n to_o west_n run_v more_o equal_o &_o be_v more_o proper_a for_o the_o life_n and_o habitation_n of_o man_n then_o in_o her_o latitude_n from_o north_n to_o south_n the_o which_o be_v true_a not_o only_o for_o this_o foresay_a reason_n of_o aristotle_n that_o there_o be_v always_o one_o temperature_n of_o the_o heaven_n from_o east_n to_o west_n be_v equal_o distant_a both_o from_o the_o northern_a cold_a and_o the_o southern_a heat_n but_o also_o for_o a_o other_o reason_n for_o that_o travel_v always_o in_o longitude_n we_o see_v the_o day_n and_o night_n succeed_v one_o another_o by_o course_n the_o which_o fall_v not_o out_o go_v in_o her_o latitude_n for_o of_o necessity_n we_o must_v come_v to_o that_o region_n under_o the_o pole_n whereas_o there_o be_v continual_a night_n for_o six_o month_n a_o very_a inconvenient_a thing_n for_o the_o life_n of_o man_n the_o philosopher_n pass_v on_o further_a râ—prooving_v the_o geographer_n which_o describe_v the_o earth_n in_o his_o time_n and_o say_v thus_o we_o may_v discern_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o i_o have_v say_v by_o the_o passage_n which_o may_v be_v make_v by_o land_n and_o the_o navigation_n by_o sea_n for_o there_o be_v a_o great_a difference_n betwixt_o the_o longitude_n and_o the_o latitude_n for_o the_o distance_n from_o the_o pillar_n of_o hercules_n at_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n unto_o the_o east_n indies_n exceed_v the_o proportion_n of_o above_o five_o to_o three_o the_o passage_n which_o be_v from_o ethiopia_n to_o the_o lake_n of_o meotis_n in_o the_o far_a confine_n of_o scythia_n the_o which_o be_v confirm_v by_o the_o account_n of_o journey_n by_o land_n &_o by_o sail_v as_o we_o do_v now_o know_v by_o experience_n we_o have_v also_o knowledge_n of_o the_o habitable_a earth_n even_o unto_o those_o part_n which_o be_v inhabitable_a and_o true_o in_o this_o point_n we_o must_v pardon_v aristotle_n see_v that_o in_o his_o time_n they_o have_v not_o discover_v beyond_o the_o first_o ethiopia_n call_v the_o exterior_a join_v to_o arabia_n and_o africa_n the_o other_o ethiopia_n be_v whole_o unknown_a in_o his_o age_n yea_o all_o that_o great_a land_n which_o we_o now_o call_v the_o land_n of_o prete_n jan_n neither_o have_v they_o any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o rest_n that_o lie_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a and_o run_v beyond_o the_o tropic_n of_o capricorn_n unto_o the_o cape_n of_o good_a hope_n so_o famous_a and_o well_o know_v by_o the_o navigation_n of_o portugal_n so_o as_o if_o we_o measure_v the_o land_n from_o this_o cape_n unto_o scythia_n and_o tartary_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o this_o distance_n and_o latitude_n will_v prove_v as_o great_a as_o the_o longitude_n which_o be_v from_o gibraltar_n unto_o the_o east_n indies_n it_o be_v certain_a the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o spring_n of_o nilus_n nor_o of_o the_o end_n of_o ethiopia_n and_o therefore_o lucan_n reprove_v the_o curiosity_n of_o julius_n caesar_n search_v out_o the_o spring_n of_o nilus_n in_o these_o verse_n o_o roman_a wat_fw-mi avail_v thou_o so_o much_o travel_v pharsal_a in_o search_n of_o nile_n first_o source_n thyself_o to_o gravel_n and_o the_o same_o poet_n speak_v to_o nile_n say_v since_o thy_o first_o source_n be_v yet_o so_o unrevealed_a nile_n what_o thou_o be_v be_v from_o the_o world_n conceal_v but_o by_o the_o holy_a scripture_n we_o may_v conceive_v that_o this_o land_n be_v habitable_a for_o if_o it_o be_v not_o the_o prophet_n sophonias_n will_v not_o say_v speak_v of_o these_o nation_n call_v to_o the_o gospel_n 3_o the_o child_n of_o my_o disperse_a so_o he_o call_v the_o apostle_n shall_v bring_v i_o present_n from_o beyond_o the_o bank_n of_o ethiopia_n yet_o as_o i_o have_v say_v there_o be_v reason_n to_o pardon_v the_o philosopher_n who_o believe_v the_o writer_n and_o cosmographer_n of_o his_o time_n let_v we_o continue_v and_o examine_v what_o follow_v of_o the_o same_o aristotle_n one_o part_n of_o the_o world_n say_v he_o which_o lie_v towards_o the_o north_n beyond_o the_o temperate_a zone_n be_v inhabitable_a for_o the_o exceed_a cold_a the_o other_o part_n upon_o the_o south_n be_v likewise_o inhabitable_a beyond_o the_o tropic_n for_o the_o extreme_a heat_n but_o the_o part_n of_o the_o world_n lie_v beyond_o india_n on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o the_o pillar_n of_o hercules_n on_o the_o other_o without_o doubt_n can_v be_v join_v and_o continue_v one_o with_o the_o other_o so_o as_o all_o the_o habitable_a earth_n be_v not_o contain_v in_o one_o continent_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o sea_n which_o divide_v it_o in_o this_o last_o point_n he_o speak_v truth_n then_o he_o continue_v touch_v the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n say_v it_o be_v necessary_a the_o earth_n shall_v have_v the_o same_o proportion_n with_o the_o pole_n antarctic_a as_o this_o our_o part_n which_o be_v habitable_a have_v with_o the_o north_n and_o there_o
tropic_n as_o aristotle_n and_o pliny_n have_v maintain_v and_o before_o they_o the_o philosopher_n parmenides_n the_o contrary_a whereof_o be_v before_o sufficient_o prove_v both_o for_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o but_o many_o through_o curiosity_n may_v demand_v if_o the_o ancient_n have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o this_o truth_n which_o to_o we_o be_v now_o so_o apparent_a see_v that_o in_o truth_n it_o seem_v very_o strange_a that_o this_o new_a world_n which_o be_v so_o spacious_a as_o we_o do_v visible_o see_v it_o shall_v be_v hide_v from_o the_o ancient_n by_o so_o many_o age_n but_o some_o at_o this_o day_n seek_v to_o obscure_v the_o felicity_n of_o this_o age_n and_o the_o glory_n of_o our_o nation_n strive_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o new_a find_v world_n be_v know_v to_o the_o ancient_n and_o in_o truth_n we_o can_v deny_v but_o there_o be_v some_o apparency_n s._n jerome_n write_v upon_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o ephesian_n say_v ephes._n we_o seek_v with_o reason_n what_o the_o apostle_n mean_v in_o these_o word_n where_o he_o say_v you_o have_v walk_v for_o a_o season_n according_a to_o the_o course_n of_o this_o world_n whether_o he_o will_v have_v we_o to_o understand_v that_o there_o be_v a_o other_o world_n which_o neither_o be_v nor_o depend_v of_o this_o world_n but_o other_o world_n whereof_o clement_n write_v in_o his_o epistle_n the_o ocean_n and_o the_o world_n which_o be_v beyond_o the_o ocean_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o s._n jerome_n but_o in_o truth_n i_o can_v find_v this_o epistle_n of_o s._n clement_n cite_v by_o s._n jerome_n yet_o i_o believe_v undoubted_o that_o s._n clement_n have_v write_v it_o see_v s._n jerome_n make_v mention_v thereof_o and_o with_o reason_n saint_n clement_n say_v that_o beyond_o the_o ocean_n there_o be_v a_o other_o world_n yea_o many_o world_n as_o in_o truth_n there_o be_v see_v there_o be_v so_o great_a distance_n from_o one_o new_a world_n to_o a_o other_o new_a world_n i_o mean_v from_o peru_n and_o the_o west_n indies_n to_o china_n and_o the_o east_n indies_n moreover_o pliny_n who_o have_v be_v so_o curious_a a_o searcher_n out_o of_o strange_a thing_n report_n in_o his_o natural_a history_n that_o hannon_n a_o captain_n of_o the_o carthaginian_n sail_v through_o the_o ocean_n from_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n coast_v alongst_o the_o land_n 67._o even_o unto_o the_o confine_n of_o arabia_n and_o that_o he_o leave_v this_o his_o navigation_n in_o writing_n if_o it_o be_v as_o pliny_n write_v it_o follow_v that_o hannon_n sail_v as_o far_o as_o the_o portugal_n do_v at_o this_o day_n pass_v twice_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a which_o be_v a_o fearful_a thing_n and_o the_o same_o pliny_n report_v of_o cornelius_n nepos_n a_o very_a grave_a author_n who_o say_v that_o the_o same_o course_n have_v be_v sail_v by_o a_o other_o man_n call_v eudaxius_fw-la but_o by_o contrary_a way_n for_o this_o eudaxius_fw-la follow_v the_o king_n of_o latyre_n pass_v by_o the_o red_a sea_n into_o the_o ocean_n and_o turn_v back_o come_v to_o the_o straight_a of_o gibraltar_n the_o which_o cornelius_n nepos_n affirm_v to_o have_v happen_v in_o his_o time_n and_o also_o other_o grave_a author_n do_v write_v that_o a_o ship_n of_o carthage_n drive_v by_o force_n of_o wind_n into_o the_o ocean_n come_v to_o a_o land_n which_o until_o then_o be_v unknown_a and_o return_v to_o carthage_n kindle_v a_o great_a desire_n in_o the_o citizen_n to_o discover_v and_o people_n this_o land_n the_o which_o the_o senate_n perceive_v do_v forbid_v this_o navigation_n by_o a_o rigorous_a decree_n fear_v that_o with_o the_o desire_n of_o new_a land_n they_o shall_v leave_v to_o love_v their_o own_o country_n by_o all_o this_o we_o may_v gather_v that_o the_o ancient_n have_v some_o knowledge_n of_o the_o new_a world_n yet_o shall_v you_o hardly_o find_v in_o the_o book_n of_o ancient_a writer_n any_o thing_n write_v of_o our_o america_n and_o all_o the_o west_n indies_n but_o of_o the_o east_n indies_n i_o say_v there_o be_v sufficient_a testimony_n not_o only_o of_o that_o on_o the_o other_o side_n but_o also_o of_o that_o on_o this_o side_n which_o then_o be_v far_a off_o go_v thither_o by_o a_o contrary_a way_n to_o that_o at_o this_o day_n be_v it_o not_o easy_a to_o find_v molaco_n in_o ancient_a book_n which_o they_o call_v the_o golden_a chersonese_n the_o cape_n of_o comori_fw-la which_o be_v call_v the_o promontory_n of_o coci_n &_o that_o great_a &_o famous_a island_n of_o sumatra_n so_o well_o know_v by_o the_o ancient_a name_n of_o taprobana_n what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o the_o two_o ethiopiaes_fw-la the_o brachmanes_n and_o that_o great_a land_n of_o the_o chinaes_n who_o doubt_n but_o there_o be_v often_o mention_v make_v thereof_o in_o ancient_a book_n but_o of_o the_o west_n indies_n we_o find_v not_o in_o pliny_n that_o in_o this_o navigation_n they_o pass_v the_o land_n of_o the_o canary_n 21._o which_o he_o call_v fortunate_a the_o principal_a whereof_o be_v say_v to_o be_v call_v canary_n for_o the_o multitude_n of_o dog_n which_o be_v in_o it_o but_o there_o be_v scarce_o any_o mention_n in_o ancient_a book_n of_o the_o voyage_n which_o be_v make_v at_o this_o day_n beyond_o the_o canary_n by_o the_o gulf_n which_o with_o reason_n they_o call_v great_a yet_o many_o hold_n opinion_n that_o seneca_n the_o tragedian_n do_v prophesy_v of_o the_o west_n indies_n in_o his_o tragedy_n of_o medea_n which_o translate_v say_v thus_o sin_n a_o age_n shall_v come_v ere_o age_n end_n bless_o strange_a and_o strange_o blessed_v when_o our_o sea_n far_o and_o near_o or'pre_v his_o shore_n shall_v far_o yet_o extend_v descry_v then_o shall_v a_o large_a land_n be_v by_o this_o profound_a sea_n navigation_n an_o other_o world_n a_o other_o nation_n all_o man_n shall_v then_o discover_v see_v thule_n account_v heretofore_o the_o world_n extreme_a the_o northern_a bind_v shall_v be_v when_o southwest_n part_n be_v find_v a_o near_a isle_n a_o neighbour_n shore_n this_o seneca_n report_v in_o these_o verse_n &_o we_o can_v well_o deny_v but_o understand_v it_o literal_o it_o be_v very_o true_a for_o if_o we_o reckon_v the_o many_o year_n he_o speak_v of_o begin_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o tragedian_n it_o be_v above_o a_o thousand_o and_o four_o hundred_o year_n past_a and_o if_o it_o be_v from_o the_o time_n of_o medea_n it_o be_v above_o two_o thousand_o year_n the_o which_o we_o see_v plain_o now_o accomplish_v see_v the_o passage_n of_o the_o ocean_n so_o long_a time_n hide_v have_v be_v find_v out_o and_o that_o they_o have_v discover_v a_o great_a land_n and_o a_o new_a world_n inhabit_v more_o spacious_a than_o all_o the_o continent_n of_o europe_n and_o asia_n but_o therein_o may_v a_o question_n with_o reason_n be_v make_v whether_o seneca_n speak_v this_o by_o divination_n or_o poetical_o and_o by_o chance_n and_o to_o speak_v my_o opinion_n i_o believe_v he_o do_v divine_a after_o the_o manner_n of_o wise_a man_n and_o well_o advise_v for_o that_o in_o his_o time_n they_o undertake_v new_a voyage_n and_o navigation_n by_o sea_n he_o know_v well_o like_o a_o philosopher_n that_o there_o be_v a_o other_o land_n contrary_a and_o opposite_a unto_o we_o which_o they_o call_v antichthon_n and_o by_o this_o ground_n he_o may_v conceyve_v that_o the_o industry_n and_o courage_n of_o man_n may_v in_o the_o end_n pass_v the_o ocean_n and_o discover_v new_a land_n and_o another_o world_n for_o that_o in_o senecaes_n time_n they_o have_v knowledge_n of_o the_o voyage_n which_o pliny_n speak_v of_o whereby_o they_o pass_v the_o great_a ocean_n the_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o motive_n of_o senecaes_n prophecy_n as_o he_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v by_o these_o former_a verse_n after_o the_o which_o have_v describe_v the_o careful_a life_n of_o the_o ancient_n free_a from_o malice_n he_o follow_v thus_o now_o be_v it_o not_o as_o erst_o it_o be_v for_o whether_o the_o ocean_n will_v or_o will_v he_o traverse_v be_v by_o hardy_a will_n which_o pastime_n make_v time_n so_o to_o pass_v and_o a_o little_a after_o he_o say_v thus_o now_o every_o boat_n dare_v swim_v and_o sport_n on_o surge_a sea_n fear_v no_o wrack_n passenger_n seek_v what_o they_o lack_v so_o long_o a_o voyage_n think_v but_o short_a nothing_o be_v now_o more_o to_o discover_v no_o place_n be_v now_o leave_v to_o surprise_v town_n now_o that_o for_o defence_n devise_v with_o new_a fortification_n cover_v all_o in_o the_o world_n turn_v round_o about_o no_o thing_n in_o place_n as_o it_o be_v enure_v nothing_o unseen_a nothing_o assure_v this_o circle_n universe_n throughout_o the_o indian_a who_o at_o home_o heat_n fry_v drink_v of_o araxis_n water_n cold_a the_o persian_a rich_a in_o
sail_v in_o three_o year_n be_v no_o sufficient_a proof_n see_v the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v not_o direct_o affirm_v that_o this_o voyage_n continue_v three_o year_n but_o that_o it_o be_v make_v once_o in_o three_o year_n and_o although_o we_o grant_v that_o the_o voyage_n last_v three_o year_n it_o may_v be_v as_o it_o be_v likely_a that_o this_o fleet_n sail_v towards_o the_o east_n indies_n be_v stay_v in_o their_o course_n by_o the_o diversity_n of_o port_n and_o region_n which_o they_o discover_v as_o at_o this_o day_n in_o all_o the_o south_n sea_n they_o sail_v from_o chile_n to_o new_a spain_n the_o which_o voyage_n although_o it_o be_v more_o certain_a yet_o be_v it_o long_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o turn_n they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v upon_o the_o coast_n and_o they_o stay_v in_o divers_a port_n and_o in_o truth_n i_o do_v not_o find_v in_o ancient_a book_n that_o they_o have_v launch_v far_o into_o the_o ocean_n neither_o can_v i_o believe_v that_o this_o their_o sail_v be_v otherwise_o then_o they_o use_v at_o this_o day_n in_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n which_o make_v learned_a man_n to_o conjecture_v that_o in_o old_a time_n they_o do_v not_o sail_v without_o owers_n for_o that_o they_o go_v always_o coast_v along_o the_o shore_n and_o it_o seem_v the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v testify_v as_o much_o speak_v of_o that_o famous_a voyage_n of_o the_o prophet_n jonas_n where_o it_o say_v that_o the_o mariner_n be_v force_v by_o the_o weather_n row_v to_o land_n that_o we_o may_v conjecture_v how_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o indies_n come_v thither_o by_o force_n of_o weather_n and_o not_o willing_o chap._n 19_o have_v show_v that_o there_o be_v no_o reason_n to_o believe_v that_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o indies_n come_v thither_o purposely_o it_o follow_v then_o that_o if_o they_o come_v by_o sea_n it_o be_v by_o chance_n or_o by_o force_n of_o weather_n the_o which_o be_v not_o incredible_a notwithstanding_o the_o vastness_n of_o the_o ocean_n see_v the_o like_a have_v happen_v in_o our_o time_n when_o as_o that_o mariner_n who_o name_n we_o be_v yet_o ignorant_a of_o to_o the_o end_n so_o great_a a_o work_n and_o of_o such_o importance_n shall_v not_o be_v attribute_v to_o any_o other_o author_n then_o to_o god_n have_v through_o tempest_n discover_v this_o new_a world_n leave_v for_o payment_n of_o his_o lodging_n where_o he_o have_v receive_v it_o to_z christopher_z columbus_n the_o knowledge_n of_o so_o great_a a_o secret_a even_o so_o it_o may_v chance_v that_o some_o of_o europe_n or_o africa_n in_o time_n past_a have_v be_v drive_v by_o soul_n weather_n and_o cast_v upon_o unknown_a land_n beyond_o the_o ocean_n who_o know_v not_o that_o most_o or_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o region_n in_o this_o new_a world_n be_v discover_v by_o this_o mean_n the_o which_o we_o must_v rather_o attribute_v to_o the_o violence_n of_o the_o weather_n then_o to_o the_o spirit_n and_o industry_n of_o those_o which_o have_v discover_v and_o to_o the_o end_n we_o may_v know_v that_o it_o be_v not_o in_o our_o time_n only_o that_o they_o have_v undertake_v such_o voyage_n through_o the_o greatness_n of_o our_o ship_n and_o the_o valour_n and_o courage_n of_o our_o man_n we_o may_v read_v in_o pliny_n that_o many_o of_o the_o ancient_n have_v make_v the_o like_a voyage_n he_o write_v in_o this_o manner_n it_o be_v report_v that_o caius_n caesar_n son_n to_o augustus_n caesar_n 69._o have_v charge_n upon_o the_o arabian_a sea_n do_v there_o see_v and_o find_v certain_a piece_n and_o remainder_n of_o spanish_a ship_n that_o have_v perish_v and_o after_o he_o say_v nepos_n report_v of_o the_o northern_a circuit_n that_o they_o bring_v to_o quintus_fw-la metellus_n caeler_n companion_n in_o the_o consulship_n to_o caius_n affranius_n the_o same_o metellus_n be_v then_o proconsul_n in_o gaul_n certain_a indian_n which_o have_v be_v present_v by_o the_o king_n of_o sueden_n thâ—_n which_o indian_n sail_v from_o india_n for_o their_o traffic_n be_v cast_v upon_o germany_n by_o force_n of_o tempest_n doubtless_o if_o pliny_n speak_v truth_n the_o portugal_n in_o these_o day_n sail_v no_o further_o than_o they_o do_v in_o those_o two_o shipwrack_n 22_o the_o one_o from_o spain_n to_o the_o red_a sea_n the_o other_o from_o the_o east_n indies_n to_o germany_n the_o same_o author_n write_v in_o another_o place_n that_o a_o servant_n of_o annius_n plocanius_fw-la who_o farm_a the_o custom_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n sail_v the_o course_n of_o arabia_n there_o come_v so_o furious_a a_o northern_a wind_n that_o in_o fifteen_o day_n he_o pass_v caramania_n and_o discover_v hippare_v a_o port_n in_o taprobane_n which_o at_o this_o day_n we_o call_v sumatra_n and_o they_o report_v of_o a_o ship_n of_o carthage_n which_o be_v drive_v out_o of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n by_o a_o northern_a wind_n to_o the_o view_n of_o this_o new_a world_n the_o which_o be_v no_o strange_a thing_n to_o such_o as_o have_v any_o knowledge_n of_o the_o sea_n to_o know_v that_o sometime_o a_o storm_n continue_v long_a &_o furious_a without_o any_o intermission_n i_o myself_o go_v to_o the_o indies_n part_v from_o the_o canary_n have_v in_o fifteen_o day_n discover_v the_o first_o land_n people_v by_o the_o spaniard_n and_o without_o doubt_n this_o voyage_n have_v be_v short_a if_o the_o mariner_n have_v set_v up_o all_o their_o sail_n to_o the_o northern_a wind_n that_o blow_v it_o seem_v therefore_o likely_a to_o i_o that_o in_o time_n past_a man_n come_v to_o the_o indies_n against_o their_o will_n drive_v by_o the_o fury_n of_o the_o wind_n in_o peru_n they_o make_v great_a mention_n of_o certain_a giant_n which_o have_v be_v in_o those_o part_n who_o bone_n be_v yet_o see_v at_o manta_n and_o port_n viâ—il_n of_o a_o huge_a greatness_n and_o by_o their_o proportion_n they_o shall_v be_v thrice_o as_o big_a as_o the_o indian_n at_o this_o day_n they_o report_v that_o the_o giant_n come_v by_o sea_n to_o make_v war_n with_o those_o of_o the_o country_n and_o that_o they_o make_v goodly_a building_n whereof_o at_o this_o day_n they_o show_v a_o well_o build_v with_o stone_n of_o great_a price_n they_o say_v moreover_o that_o these_o man_n commit_v abominable_a sin_n especial_o against_o nature_n be_v consume_v by_o fire_n from_o heaven_n in_o like_a fort_n the_o indian_n report_n of_o yâ—a_n and_o arica_n that_o in_o old_a time_n they_o be_v wont_a to_o sail_v far_o to_o the_o land_n of_o the_o west_n and_o make_v their_o voyage_n in_o seal_n skin_n blow_v up_o so_o as_o there_o want_v no_o witness_n to_o prove_v that_o they_o sail_v in_o the_o south_n sea_n before_o the_o spaniard_n come_v thither_o thus_o we_o may_v well_o conjecture_v that_o the_o new_a world_n begin_v to_o be_v inhabit_v by_o man_n that_o have_v be_v cast_v upon_o that_o coast_n by_o the_o violence_n of_o the_o northern_a wind_n as_o we_o have_v see_v in_o our_o age_n so_o it_o be_v be_v a_o matter_n very_o considerable_a that_o the_o work_n of_o nature_n of_o great_a importance_n for_o the_o most_o part_n have_v be_v find_v out_o accidental_o and_o not_o by_o the_o industry_n and_o diligence_n of_o man_n the_o great_a part_n of_o physical_a herb_n of_o stone_n plant_n metal_n pearl_n gold_n adamant_n amber_n diamond_n and_o the_o most_o part_n of_o such_o like_a thing_n with_o their_o property_n and_o virtue_n have_v rather_o come_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o man_n by_o chance_n then_o by_o art_n or_o industry_n to_o the_o end_n we_o may_v know_v that_o the_o glory_n &_o praise_v of_o such_o wonder_n shall_v be_v attribute_v to_o the_o providence_n of_o the_o creator_n and_o not_o to_o man_n understanding_n for_o that_o which_o we_o think_v to_o happen_v accident_o proceed_v always_o from_o the_o ordinance_n and_o disposition_n of_o god_n who_o do_v all_o thing_n with_o reason_n notwithstanding_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v it_o be_v more_o likely_a that_o the_o first_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o indies_n come_v by_o land_n chap._n 20._o i_o conclude_v then_o that_o it_o be_v likely_a the_o first_o that_o come_v to_o the_o indies_n be_v by_o shipwreck_n and_o tempest_n of_o wether_n but_o hereupon_o grow_v a_o difficulty_n which_o trouble_v i_o much_o for_o suppose_v we_o grant_v that_o the_o first_o man_n come_v from_o far_a country_n and_o that_o the_o nation_n which_o we_o now_o see_v be_v issue_v from_o they_o and_o multiply_v yet_o can_v i_o not_o conjecture_v by_o what_o mean_v brute_n beast_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n can_v come_v there_o not_o be_v likely_a they_o shall_v have_v be_v embark_v and_o carry_v by_o sea_n the_o reason_n that_o enforce_v we_o to_o yield_v that_o the_o first_o man_n of_o the_o
steed_n whereof_o they_o use_v count_v with_o their_o quipocamaye_v the_o which_o be_v peculiar_a unto_o they_o but_o which_o reckon_v all_o they_o can_v report_v be_v not_o past_o 400._o year_n instruct_v myself_o careful_o of_o they_o to_o know_v from_o what_o land_n and_o what_o nation_n they_o pass_v to_o that_o where_o they_o â—ow_o live_v i_o have_v find_v they_o so_o far_o unable_a to_o give_v any_o reason_n thereof_o as_o they_o believe_v confident_o that_o they_o be_v create_v at_o their_o first_o beginning_n at_o this_o new_a world_n where_o they_o now_o dwell_v but_o we_o have_v free_v they_o of_o this_o error_n by_o our_o faith_n 17._o which_o teach_v we_o that_o all_o man_n come_v from_o the_o first_o man_n there_o be_v great_a and_o apparent_a conjecture_n that_o these_o man_n for_o a_o long_a time_n have_v neither_o king_n nor_o common_a weal_n but_o live_v in_o troop_n as_o they_o do_v at_o this_o day_n in_o florida_n the_o chiriquanas_n those_o of_o bresill_n and_o many_o other_o nation_n which_o have_v no_o certain_a king_n but_o as_o occasion_n be_v offer_v in_o peace_n or_o war_n they_o choose_v their_o captain_n as_o they_o please_v but_o some_o man_n excel_v other_o in_o force_n and_o wit_n begin_v in_o time_n to_o rule_v and_o domineer_v as_o nembroth_n do_v genitâ—_n so_o increase_v by_o little_a and_o little_a they_o erect_v the_o kingdom_n of_o peru_n and_o mexico_n which_o our_o spaniard_n find_v and_o although_o they_o be_v barbarous_a yet_o do_v they_o far_o surpass_v all_o the_o other_o indian_n behold_v how_o the_o foresay_a reason_n do_v teach_v we_o that_o the_o indian_n begin_v to_o multiply_v for_o the_o most_o part_n by_o savage_a man_n and_o fugitive_n which_o may_v suffice_v touch_v the_o beginning_n of_o these_o man_n we_o speak_v of_o leave_v the_o rest_n until_o we_o treat_v of_o their_o history_n more_o at_o large_a the_o second_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n that_o it_o be_v not_o out_o of_o purpose_n but_o necessary_a to_o treat_v of_o the_o 〈…〉_z chap._n 1._o for_o the_o well_o conceive_v of_o thing_n at_o the_o indies_n it_o be_v necessary_a to_o know_v the_o nature_n and_o disposition_n of_o that_o region_n which_o the_o ancient_n do_v call_v the_o burn_a zone_n the_o which_o they_o hold_v inhabitable_a see_v the_o great_a part_n of_o this_o new_a world_n which_o have_v be_v of_o late_o discover_v lie_v and_o be_v situate_a under_o this_o region_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o heaven_n and_o it_o seem_v to_o i_o great_o to_o purpose_n which_o some_o do_v say_v that_o the_o knowledge_n of_o thing_n at_o the_o indies_n depend_v of_o the_o well_o understand_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o equinoctial_a for_o that_o the_o difference_n which_o be_v betwixt_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o world_n proceed_v in_o a_o manner_n from_o the_o quality_n of_o this_o equinoctial_a and_o we_o must_v note_v that_o all_o the_o space_n betwixt_o the_o two_o tropicke_n must_v be_v proper_o take_v and_o hold_v for_o this_o middle_a line_n which_o be_v the_o equinoctial_a so_o call_v for_o that_o the_o sun_n run_v his_o course_n therein_o make_v the_o day_n &_o night_n even_o throughout_o the_o world_n yea_o they_o that_o dwell_v under_o this_o line_n enjoy_v throughout_o the_o year_n the_o same_o equality_n of_o day_n and_o night_n in_o this_o equinoctial_a line_n we_o find_v so_o many_o admirable_a quality_n that_o with_o great_a reason_n man_n understanding_n do_v study_v and_o labour_n to_o search_v out_o the_o cause_n not_o move_v thereunto_o so_o much_o by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o ancient_a philosopher_n as_o by_o reason_n and_o certain_a experience_n for_o what_o reason_n the_o ancient_n hold_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v inhabitable_a chap._n 2._o examine_v this_o subject_n from_o the_o beginning_n no_o man_n can_v deny_v that_o which_o we_o plain_o see_v that_o the_o sun_n when_o it_o draw_v near_o do_v heat_n and_o when_o it_o retire_v grow_v cold_a the_o day_n and_o night_n with_o the_o winter_n and_o summer_n be_v witness_n hereof_o who_o variety_n with_o the_o heat_n and_o cold_a grow_v by_o the_o nearness_n and_o distance_n of_o the_o sun_n moreover_o it_o be_v certain_a the_o more_o the_o sun_n approach_v and_o cast_v his_o beam_n prependicular_o the_o more_o the_o earth_n be_v scorch_v and_o burn_v the_o which_o we_o see_v plain_o in_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o south_n and_o in_o the_o force_n of_o summer_n whereby_o we_o may_v judge_v in_o my_o opinion_n that_o the_o far_o a_o country_n be_v distant_a from_o the_o course_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o more_o cold_a it_o be_v so_o we_o find_v by_o experience_n that_o the_o country_n and_o region_n which_o approach_v near_a to_o the_o north_n be_v cold_a and_o contrariwise_o those_o that_o lie_v near_o the_o zodiac_n where_o the_o sun_n keep_v his_o course_n be_v most_o hot_a for_o this_o cause_n ethiopia_n pass_v africa_n and_o barbary_n in_o heat_n barbary_n exceed_v andalousia_n andalousia_n castille_n and_o arragon_n surpass_v biscaie_n and_o france_n and_o the_o more_o they_o decline_v to_o the_o north_n the_o cold_a they_o be_v and_o so_o by_o consequence_n those_o which_o approach_v near_a to_o the_o sun_n and_o be_v beat_v perpendicular_o with_o his_o beam_n they_o do_v most_o feel_v the_o heat_n thereof_o some_o urge_v another_o reason_n to_o this_o effect_n which_o be_v that_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n be_v very_o sudden_a and_o light_n towards_o the_o tropike_n but_o near_o the_o pole_n it_o be_v slow_a and_o heavy_a whereby_o they_o conclude_v that_o the_o region_n which_o the_o zodiac_n circle_n and_o contain_v be_v set_v on_o fire_n with_o heat_n for_o three_o cause_n and_o reason_n the_o one_o for_o the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o other_o for_o that_o his_o beam_n reflect_v direct_o and_o the_o three_o for_o that_o it_o do_v participate_v and_o feel_v this_o swift_a and_o sudden_a motion_n of_o the_o heaven_n see_v what_o reason_n and_o discourse_n teach_v we_o touch_v the_o cause_n of_o heat_n and_o cold_a upon_o the_o region_n of_o the_o earth_n but_o what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o the_o two_o other_o quality_n wet_a and_o dry_a even_o the_o same_o for_o the_o drought_n seem_v to_o grow_v by_o the_o nearness_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o moistness_n be_v retire_v far_o off_o for_o that_o the_o night_n be_v cold_a than_o the_o day_n be_v likewise_o more_o moist_a and_o the_o day_n which_o be_v dry_a be_v also_o hot_a winter_n whilst_o the_o sun_n run_v his_o course_n far_o off_o be_v more_o cold_a and_o rainy_a and_o summer_n when_o the_o sun_n be_v near_o be_v more_o hot_a and_o dry_a for_o even_o as_o the_o fire_n have_v the_o property_n to_o parch_v and_o burn_v so_o have_v it_o to_o dry_v up_o the_o moistness_n these_o thing_n therefore_o consider_v aristotle_n and_o other_o philosopher_n attribute_n unto_o the_o region_n of_o the_o south_n which_o they_o call_v burn_v a_o excessive_a heat_n and_o a_o drought_n likewise_o and_o therefore_o they_o say_v this_o region_n be_v wonderful_o scorch_v and_o dry_a &_o so_o by_o consequence_n have_v neither_o water_n nor_o pasture_n whereby_o of_o necessity_n it_o must_v be_v contrary_a and_o unfit_a for_o man_n life_n that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v very_o moist_a contrary_a to_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_n chap._n 3._o all_o that_o we_o have_v propound_v seem_v undoubted_o true_a and_o to_o purpose_n and_o yet_o the_o conclusion_n they_o will_v draw_v from_o it_o be_v direct_o false_a for_o that_o the_o region_n of_o the_o south_n which_o they_o call_v the_o burn_a zone_n be_v people_v and_o inhabit_v by_o man_n and_o we_o ourselves_o have_v stay_v long_o there_o be_v very_o commodious_a pleasant_a and_o agreeable_a if_o therefore_o it_o be_v so_o as_o we_o can_v deny_v it_o that_o from_o a_o true_a proposition_n we_o can_v draw_v a_o false_a conclusion_n and_o yet_o this_o conclusion_n shall_v be_v false_a as_o indeed_o it_o be_v we_o must_v of_o necessity_n return_v back_o the_o same_o way_n to_o examine_v this_o proposition_n more_o strict_o &_o whence_o the_o error_n shall_v proceed_v we_o will_v first_o show_v the_o truth_n as_o assure_a experience_n do_v teach_v we_o then_o will_v we_o prove_v it_o although_o it_o be_v very_o difficult_a and_o will_v endeavour_v to_o give_v a_o reaâ—on_n follow_v the_o term_n of_o philosophy_n the_o last_o point_n that_o we_o propound_v that_o the_o drought_n be_v great_a whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a to_o the_o earth_n seem_v certain_a and_o infallible_a and_o yet_o it_o be_v very_o false_a fâ—r_v there_o be_v never_o great_a abundance_n of_o rain_n in_o the_o burn_a zone_n then_o whenas_o the_o sun_n go_v direct_o over_o they_o and_o be_v very_o near_o true_o it_o be_v a_o admirable_a
the_o motion_n of_o the_o first_o motor_n which_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o day_n and_o night_n even_o so_o the_o difference_n which_o we_o see_v betwixt_o winter_n and_o summer_n proceed_v from_o the_o nearness_n and_o distance_n of_o the_o sun_n according_a to_o the_o motion_n of_o the_o say_a sun_n which_o be_v the_o proper_a cause_n to_o speak_v truth_n then_o it_o be_v summer_n whenas_o the_o sun_n be_v near_a and_o winter_n when_o it_o be_v far_o off_o both_o heat_n and_o coldness_n and_o every_o other_o temperature_n grow_v of_o necessity_n by_o the_o nearness_n and_o distance_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o to_o rain_v or_o not_o to_o rain_v which_o be_v humidity_n and_o drought_n do_v not_o necessary_o follow_v it_o be_v therefore_o easy_a to_o judge_v beside_o this_o vulgar_a opinion_n that_o at_o peru_n the_o winter_n be_v clear_a and_o without_o rain_n and_o the_o summer_n full_a of_o shower_n and_o not_o otherwise_o as_o many_o believe_v that_o the_o winter_n be_v hot_a and_o the_o summer_n cold_a they_o fall_v into_o the_o like_a error_n upon_o the_o difference_n they_o make_v betwixt_o the_o plain_n and_o the_o mountain_n of_o peru_n say_v that_o when_o it_o be_v summer_n upon_o the_o mountain_n it_o be_v winter_n in_o the_o valley_n which_o be_v in_o april_n may_n june_n july_n and_o august_n for_o then_o the_o air_n be_v very_o clear_a upon_o the_o mountain_n without_o any_o rain_n or_o mist_n and_o at_o the_o same_o season_n we_o common_o see_v fog_n in_o the_o plain_a which_o they_o call_v guarva_n which_o be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o very_a sweet_a dew_n wherewith_o the_o sun_n be_v cover_v but_o winter_n and_o summer_n as_o it_o be_v say_v be_v cause_v by_o the_o nearness_n and_o distance_n of_o the_o sun_n see_v then_o that_o throughout_o all_o perâ—_n both_o upon_o the_o mountain_n and_o on_o the_o plain_n the_o sun_n approach_v and_o retire_v in_o one_o sort_n there_o be_v no_o reason_n to_o say_v that_o when_o it_o be_v summer_n in_o one_o part_n that_o it_o be_v winter_n in_o a_o other_o yet_o be_v it_o no_o mâ—tter_o of_o any_o importance_n to_o contend_v upon_o the_o signification_n of_o word_n let_v they_o term_v they_o as_o they_o please_v and_o call_v that_o summer_n when_o it_o rain_v not_o although_o the_o heat_n be_v great_a but_o that_o whereunto_o we_o must_v have_v great_a regard_n be_v the_o truth_n of_o the_o subject_n which_o be_v that_o drought_n and_o want_n of_o rain_n be_v not_o always_o great_a when_o the_o sun_n approach_v near_a as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o burn_a zone_n that_o the_o burn_a zone_n abound_v with_o water_n and_o pasture_n against_o the_o opinion_n of_o aristotle_n who_o hold_v the_o contrary_a chap._n 6._o by_o the_o former_a discourse_n we_o may_v easy_o conceive_v that_o the_o burn_a zone_n be_v not_o dry_a but_o abound_v with_o water_n the_o which_o be_v so_o true_a as_o it_o exceed_v all_o the_o region_n of_o the_o world_n for_o store_n of_o water_n except_o in_o some_o part_n where_o there_o be_v sand_n and_o desert_a country_n as_o we_o find_v likewise_o in_o some_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n as_o for_o water_n from_o heaven_n we_o have_v already_o show_v that_o there_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o rain_n snow_n and_o hail_n which_o especial_o abound_v in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o peru._n but_o as_o for_o land-water_n as_o river_n fountain_n brook_n spring_n flood_n and_o lake_n i_o have_v not_o speak_v thereof_o till_o now_o yet_o be_v a_o ordinary_a thing_n that_o the_o water_n below_o have_v a_o correspondency_n with_o they_o above_o we_o must_v not_o imagine_v that_o there_o can_v be_v any_o want_n and_o in_o truth_n there_o be_v so_o great_a store_n of_o spring_n and_o fountain_n as_o you_o shall_v not_o find_v in_o any_o region_n or_o country_n of_o the_o world_n so_o many_o lake_n marsh_n and_o such_o store_n of_o river_n for_o the_o great_a part_n of_o america_n be_v almost_o inhabitable_a through_o too_o great_a abundance_n of_o water_n for_o that_o the_o river_n swell_v with_o the_o great_a rain_n in_o summer_n do_v often_o overflow_v their_o bank_n with_o such_o fury_n as_o they_o break_v all_o they_o encounter_v and_o in_o many_o place_n they_o can_v pass_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o mud_n and_o mire_n of_o marsh_n and_o valley_n for_o this_o cause_n those_o that_o live_v near_o to_o paraguen_n whereof_o we_o have_v make_v mention_n foresee_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o river_n before_o it_o come_v put_v themselves_o and_o their_o good_n into_o canoe_n and_o so_o preserve_v themselves_o and_o their_o good_n float_v up_o and_o down_o almost_o for_o the_o space_n of_o three_o month_n and_o when_o the_o river_n be_v return_v within_o her_o bound_n than_o they_o go_v to_o their_o house_n still_o wet_a and_o drop_v with_o the_o â—â—ood_a and_o this_o river_n be_v so_o great_a as_o nile_n ganges_n &_o euphrates_n all_o together_o can_v equal_v it_o but_o what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o the_o great_a river_n of_o magdalaine_n which_o fall_v into_o the_o sea_n betwixt_o s._n martha_n and_o carthagene_n and_o with_o reason_n be_v call_v the_o great_a river_n sail_v in_o those_o part_n i_o be_v amaze_v to_o see_v her_o stream_n which_o be_v very_o clear_a run_v ten_o league_n into_o the_o sea_n be_v in_o breadth_n above_o two_o league_n not_o mingle_v noâ—_n vanquish_v with_o the_o violent_a wave_n of_o the_o ocean_n but_o if_o we_o shall_v speak_v more_o of_o river_n that_o great_a flood_n call_v by_o some_o the_o river_n of_o amazon_n by_o other_o marannon_n and_o by_o some_o the_o river_n of_o orellana_n which_o our_o spaniard_n sail_v in_o their_o discovery_n aught_o to_o blemish_v all_o the_o rest_n and_o in_o truth_n i_o be_o in_o doubt_n whither_o i_o may_v term_v it_o a_o river_n or_o a_o sea_n it_o flow_v from_o the_o mountain_n of_o peru_n from_o whence_o it_o receive_v a_o great_a abundance_n of_o water_n both_o of_o rain_n and_o of_o river_n which_o it_o gather_v into_o it_o then_o pass_v by_o the_o great_a plain_n of_o pautiti_n dorado_n and_o the_o amazon_n in_o the_o end_n it_o fall_v into_o the_o ocean_n almost_o right_o against_o the_o â—land_n of_o marguerite_n and_o trinidado_n it_o have_v so_o large_a &_o broad_a a_o channel_n special_o in_o the_o last_o three_o part_n of_o her_o length_n as_o it_o contain_v in_o it_o many_o great_a â—lands_n and_o that_o which_o seem_v incredible_a when_o you_o sail_v through_o the_o midst_n of_o it_o you_o shall_v see_v nothing_o but_o air_n and_o water_n they_o say_v moreover_o that_o from_o the_o midst_n you_o can_v see_v nor_o discover_v with_o the_o eye_n many_o great_a and_o high_a mountain_n which_o be_v upon_o the_o bank_n by_o reason_n of_o her_o great_a breadth_n we_o have_v learn_v from_o credible_a person_n the_o great_a and_o wonderful_a breadth_n of_o this_o river_n which_o in_o my_o opinion_n deserve_v well_o the_o name_n of_o empress_n and_o queen_n of_o all_o flood_n which_o be_v by_o the_o report_n of_o a_o brother_n of_o our_o company_n who_o be_v then_o young_a sail_v it_o in_o the_o company_n of_o peter_n d'orsua_fw-la with_o who_o he_o be_v present_a at_o all_o the_o adventure_n of_o this_o strange_a entry_n and_o discovery_n and_o at_o the_o seditious_a and_o pernicious_a act_n of_o that_o wicked_a diego_n d'_fw-fr aguirra_n from_o the_o which_o god_n deliver_v he_o to_o place_v he_o in_o our_o company_n such_o be_v the_o river_n in_o that_o region_n which_o they_o call_v the_o burn_a zone_n and_o the_o dry_a &_o parch_v up_o country_n in_o the_o which_o aristotle_n and_o the_o ancient_n affirm_v there_o be_v neither_o water_n nor_o pasture_n but_o see_v i_o have_v make_v mention_n of_o the_o river_n of_o marannon_n to_o show_v the_o abundance_n of_o the_o water_n that_o be_v in_o the_o burn_a zone_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v from_o the_o purpose_n to_o speak_v somewhat_o of_o that_o great_a lake_n which_o they_o call_v titicaca_fw-la which_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o province_n of_o collao_n there_o be_v above_o ten_o great_a river_n which_o lose_v themselves_o enter_v into_o that_o lake_n and_o yet_o have_v it_o no_o issue_n but_o one_o small_a current_n of_o water_n although_o some_o hold_v it_o to_o be_v very_o deep_a and_o of_o such_o a_o fashion_n as_o it_o be_v impossible_a to_o build_v a_o bridge_n over_o it_o for_o the_o depth_n of_o the_o water_n neither_o can_v they_o pass_v it_o by_o boat_n for_o the_o violence_n of_o the_o current_n they_o pass_v it_o by_o a_o artificial_a and_o notable_a practice_n peculiar_a to_o the_o indian_n with_o a_o bridge_n of_o straw_n lay_v upon_o the_o water_n the_o which_o be_v of_o so_o light_a a_o substance_n sink_v not_o and_o yet_o this_o passage_n be_v very_o easy_a and_o
do_v teach_v us._n hierar_fw-it but_o whether_o it_o be_v so_o or_o otherwise_o for_o i_o will_v not_o contradict_v aristotle_n but_o in_o that_o which_o be_v most_o certain_a in_o the_o end_n they_o agree_v all_o that_o the_o middle_a region_n of_o the_o air_n be_v cold_a than_o the_o low_a next_z to_o the_o earth_n as_o experience_n do_v show_v we_o see_v that_o in_o this_o middle_a region_n be_v congeal_v snow_n hail_n frost_n and_o other_o sign_n of_o extreme_a cold_n the_o middle_a region_n then_o which_o they_o call_v the_o burn_a zone_n have_v on_o the_o one_o side_n the_o sea_n and_o on_o the_o other_o the_o mountain_n we_o must_v hold_v they_o for_o sufficient_a cause_n to_o temper_n and_o cool_v the_o heat_n that_o the_o cold_a wind_n be_v the_o principal_a cause_n to_o make_v the_o burn_a zone_n temperate_a chah._n 13._o the_o temperature_n of_o this_o region_n ought_v chief_o to_o be_v attribute_v to_o the_o property_n of_o the_o wind_n that_o blow_v in_o that_o country_n the_o which_o be_v pleasant_a and_o fresh_a the_o providence_n of_o the_o great_a god_n creator_n of_o all_o thing_n have_v be_v such_o as_o he_o have_v ordain_v fresh_a and_o cool_a wind_n in_o that_o region_n where_o the_o sun_n make_v his_o course_n which_o seem_v shall_v be_v burn_v up_o that_o by_o their_o coolness_n the_o excessive_a heat_n of_o the_o sun_n may_v be_v qualify_v and_o they_o be_v not_o far_o from_o appearance_n of_o reason_n which_o hold_v that_o the_o earthly_a paradise_n be_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a if_o they_o have_v not_o deceive_v themselves_o in_o the_o cause_n of_o their_o opinion_n say_v that_o the_o equality_n of_o the_o day_n and_o night_n be_v sufficient_a of_o itself_o to_o make_v that_o zone_n temperate_a to_o which_o opinion_n many_o other_o have_v be_v opposite_a of_o which_o number_n be_v that_o renown_a poet_n say_v that_o coast_n incessant_o by_o hot_a beam_n tire_v of_o phoebus_n who_o from_o thence_o never_o retire_v the_o coolness_n of_o the_o night_n than_o be_v not_o sufficient_a to_o moderate_v and_o to_o correct_v the_o violent_a heat_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o rather_o this_o burn_a zone_n receive_v so_o sweet_a a_o temperature_n by_o the_o benefit_n of_o the_o fresh_a and_o pleasant_a air_n as_o notwithstanding_o it_o be_v hold_v by_o the_o ancient_n to_o be_v more_o hot_a than_o a_o burn_a furnace_n yet_o those_o which_o inhabit_v there_o take_v it_o for_o a_o delightful_a spring_n it_o appear_v by_o argument_n and_o very_o apparent_a reason_n that_o the_o cause_n hereof_o consist_v principal_o in_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o wind_n we_o see_v in_o one_o climate_n some_o region_n and_o city_n hot_a than_o other_o only_o for_o that_o they_o feel_v less_o wind_n to_o refresh_v they_o the_o like_a be_v in_o other_o country_n where_o no_o wind_n blow_n the_o which_o be_v all_o on_o fire_n like_v unto_o a_o furnace_n there_o be_v many_o of_o these_o village_n and_o town_n in_o bresill_n ethiopia_n and_o paraguen_o as_o every_o one_o know_v and_o that_o which_o be_v more_o considerable_a we_o see_v these_o difference_n not_o only_o on_o the_o land_n but_o also_o on_o the_o sea_n there_o be_v some_o sea_n where_o they_o feel_v great_a heat_n as_o they_o report_v of_o that_o of_o mozambigus_fw-la and_o ormus_n in_o the_o east_n and_o of_o the_o sea_n of_o panama_n in_o the_o west_n the_o which_o for_o this_o reason_n engender_v and_o bring_v forth_o great_a lizard_n call_v cayamans_n as_o also_o in_o the_o sea_n of_o bresill_n there_o be_v other_o sea_n in_o the_o same_o degree_n of_o height_n very_o cold_a as_o that_o of_o peru_n in_o the_o which_o we_o be_v a_o cold_a as_o i_o have_v say_v before_o when_o we_o first_o sail_v it_o which_o be_v in_o march_n when_o the_o sun_n be_v direct_o over_o us._n in_o truth_n on_o this_o continent_n where_o the_o land_n and_o sea_n be_v of_o one_o sort_n we_o can_v imagine_v any_o other_o cause_n of_o this_o so_o great_a a_o difference_n but_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o wind_n which_o do_v refresh_v they_o if_o we_o shall_v near_o look_v into_o the_o consideration_n of_o the_o wind_n whereof_o we_o have_v speak_v we_o may_v resolve_v many_o doubt_n which_o some_o object_n and_o which_o seem_v strange_a and_o wonderful_a wherefore_o the_o sun_n cast_v his_o beam_n upon_o the_o burn_a zone_n and_o particular_o at_o peru_n and_o that_o more_o violent_o then_o in_o spain_n in_o the_o canicular_a day_n yet_o they_o defend_v the_o heat_n with_o a_o light_a cover_n so_o as_o with_o a_o slender_a cover_n of_o mat_n or_o straw_n they_o be_v better_o preserve_v from_o the_o heat_n then_o in_o spain_n under_o a_o roof_n of_o wood_n or_o a_o vault_n of_o stone_n moreover_o why_o be_v not_o the_o night_n in_o summer_n at_o peru_n as_o hot_a and_o troublesome_a as_o in_o spain_n wherefore_o on_o the_o high_a top_n of_o mountain_n even_o among_o the_o heap_n of_o snow_n you_o shall_v sometime_o feel_v great_a and_o insupportable_a heat_n wherefore_o in_o all_o the_o province_n of_o colao_n when_o you_o come_v into_o the_o shade_n how_o little_a soever_o you_o feel_v cold_a but_o come_v into_o the_o sun_n beam_n you_o present_o find_v the_o heat_n excessive_a why_o be_v all_o the_o coast_n of_o peru_n be_v full_a of_o sand_n very_o temperate_a and_o why_o be_v potozi_n distant_a from_o the_o silver_n city_n but_o eighteen_o league_n and_o in_o the_o same_o degree_n of_o so_o divers_a a_o temperature_n that_o the_o country_n be_v extreme_o cold_a it_o be_v wonderful_o barren_a and_o dry_a and_o contrariwise_o the_o silver_n city_n be_v temperate_a incline_v unto_o heat_n and_o have_v a_o pleasant_a and_o fertile_a soil_n it_o be_v more_o certain_a that_o the_o wind_n be_v the_o principal_a cause_n of_o these_o strange_a diversity_n for_o without_o the_o benefit_n of_o these_o cool_a wind_n the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v such_o as_o although_o it_o be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o snow_n it_o burn_v and_o set_v all_o on_o fire_n but_o when_o the_o coolness_n of_o the_o air_n return_v sudden_o the_o heat_n be_v qualify_v how_o great_a soever_o it_o be_v and_o whereas_o this_o cool_a wind_n rain_v ordinary_a it_o keep_v the_o gross_a vapour_n and_o exhalation_n of_o the_o earth_n from_o gather_v together_o which_o cause_n a_o heavy_a and_o troublesome_a heat_n whereof_o we_o see_v the_o contrary_a in_o europe_n for_o by_o the_o exhalation_n of_o these_o vapour_n the_o earth_n be_v almost_o burn_v up_o with_o the_o sun_n by_o day_n which_o make_v the_o night_n so_o hot_a and_o troublesome_a as_o the_o air_n do_v often_o seem_v like_a unto_o a_o furnace_n for_o this_o reason_n at_o peru_n this_o freshness_n of_o the_o wind_n be_v the_o cause_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o some_o small_a shade_n at_o the_o sunneset_a that_o they_o remain_v cool_v but_o contrariwise_o in_o europe_n the_o most_o agreeable_a and_o please_a time_n in_o summer_n be_v the_o morning_n and_o the_o evening_n be_v the_o most_o hot_a and_o troublesome_a but_o at_o peru_n and_o under_o all_o the_o equinoctial_a it_o be_v not_o so_o for_o every_o morning_n the_o wind_n from_o the_o sea_n do_v cease_v and_o the_o sun_n begin_v to_o cast_v his_o beam_n and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o feel_v the_o great_a heat_n in_o the_o morning_n until_o the_o return_n of_o the_o same_o wind_n which_o otherwise_o they_o call_v the_o tide_n or_o wind_n of_o the_o sea_n which_o make_v they_o first_o to_o feel_v cold_a we_o have_v try_v all_o this_o whilst_o we_o be_v at_o the_o land_n of_o barlovante_n where_o in_o the_o morning_n we_o do_v sweat_v for_o heat_n and_o at_o noon_n we_o feel_v a_o fresh_a air_n for_o that_o then_o a_o north-easter_o wind_v which_o be_v fresh_a and_o cool_v do_v common_o blow_v that_o they_o which_o inhabit_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a live_v a_o sweet_a and_o pleasant_a life_n chap._n 14._o if_o those_o which_o have_v hold_v opinion_n that_o the_o earthly_a paradise_n be_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a have_v be_v guide_v by_o this_o discourse_n 21._o they_o have_v not_o seem_v altogether_o deceive_v not_o that_o i_o will_v conclude_v that_o the_o delightful_a paradise_n whereof_o the_o scripture_n speak_v be_v in_o that_o place_n which_o be_v too_o great_a a_o temeritie_n to_o affirm_v it_o for_o certain_a but_o i_o may_v well_o say_v if_o there_o be_v any_o paradise_n on_o earth_n it_o ought_v to_o be_v place_v whereas_o they_o enjoy_v a_o sweet_a and_o quiet_a temperature_n for_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o troublesome_a or_o repugnant_a to_o man_n life_n then_o to_o live_v under_o a_o heaven_n or_o air_n that_o be_v contrary_a troublesome_a or_o sickly_a as_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o agreeable_a then_o to_o enjoy_v a_o heaven_n that_o be_v sound_a sweet_a
a_o quality_n as_o when_o it_o blow_v in_o some_o country_n it_o cause_v it_o to_o rain_v flea_n and_o in_o so_o great_a abundance_n as_o they_o trouble_v and_o darken_v the_o air_n and_o cover_v all_o the_o sea_n shore_n and_o in_o other_o place_n it_o rain_v frog_n these_o diversity_n and_o other_o which_o be_v sufficient_o know_v be_v common_o attribute_v to_o the_o place_n by_o the_o which_o these_o wind_n pass_v for_o they_o say_v that_o from_o these_o place_n they_o take_v their_o quality_n to_o be_v cold_a hot_a dry_a or_o moist_a sickly_a or_o sound_a and_o so_o of_o the_o rest_n the_o which_o be_v partly_o true_a and_o can_v be_v deny_v for_o that_o in_o a_o small_a distance_n you_o shall_v see_v in_o one_o wind_n many_o diversity_n for_o example_n the_o solanus_fw-la or_o eastern_a wind_n be_v common_o hot_a and_o troublesome_a in_o spain_n and_o in_o murria_n it_o be_v the_o cool_v and_o healthfull_a that_o be_v for_o that_o it_o pass_v by_o the_o orchard_n and_o that_o large_a champain_n which_o we_o see_v very_o fresh_a in_o carthagene_n which_o be_v not_o far_o from_o thence_o the_o same_o wind_n be_v troublesome_a and_o unwholesome_a the_o meridional_a which_o they_o of_o the_o ocean_n call_v south_n and_o those_o of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n mezo_n giorno_fw-la common_o be_v rainy_a and_o boisterous_a and_o in_o the_o same_o city_n whereof_o i_o speak_v it_o be_v wholesome_a and_o pleasant_a pliny_n report_v that_o in_o africa_n it_o rain_v with_o a_o northern_a wind_n and_o that_o the_o southern_a wind_n be_v clear_a he_o then_o that_o shall_v well_o consider_v what_o i_o have_v speak_v of_o these_o wind_n he_o may_v conceive_v that_o in_o a_o small_a distance_n of_o land_n or_o sea_n one_o wind_n have_v many_o and_o diverse_a quality_n yea_o sometime_o quite_o contrary_a whereby_o we_o may_v infer_v that_o he_o draw_v his_o property_n from_o the_o place_n where_o it_o pass_v the_o which_o be_v in_o such_o sort_n true_a although_o we_o may_v not_o say_v in_o 〈◊〉_d as_o it_o be_v the_o only_a and_o principal_a cause_n of_o the_o diversity_n of_o the_o wind_n it_o be_v a_o thing_n we_o easy_o find_v that_o in_o a_o river_n contain_v fifty_o league_n in_o circuit_n i_o put_v it_o thus_o for_o a_o example_n that_o the_o wind_n which_o blow_v of_o the_o one_o part_n be_v hot_a and_o moist_a and_o that_o which_o blow_v on_o the_o other_o be_v cold_a and_o dry_a notwithstanding_o this_o diversity_n be_v not_o find_v in_o place_n by_o which_o it_o pass_v the_o which_o makesmee_n rather_o â—o_o say_v that_o the_o wind_n bring_v these_o quality_n with_o they_o whereby_o they_o give_v unto_o they_o the_o name_n of_o these_o quality_n for_o example_n we_o attribute_v to_o the_o northern_a wind_n otherwise_o call_v cicrco_n the_o property_n to_o be_v cold_a and_o dry_a and_o to_o dissolve_v mist_n to_o the_o southern_a wind_n his_o contrary_n call_v leuâ—sâ—he_n we_o attribute_v the_o contrary_a quality_n which_o be_v moist_a and_o hot_a and_o engender_v mist_n this_o be_v general_a and_o common_a we_o must_v seek_v out_o another_o universal_a cause_n to_o give_v a_o reason_n of_o these_o effect_n it_o be_v not_o enough_o to_o say_v that_o the_o place_n by_o which_o they_o pass_v give_v they_o these_o quality_n see_v that_o pass_v by_o the_o same_o place_n we_o see_v contrary_a effect_n so_o as_o we_o must_v of_o force_n confess_v that_o the_o region_n of_o the_o heaven_n where_o they_o blow_v give_v they_o these_o quality_n as_o the_o septentrional_a be_v cold_a because_o it_o come_v from_o the_o north_n which_o be_v the_o region_n far_o from_o the_o sun_n the_o southern_a which_o blow_v from_o the_o midday_n or_o south_n be_v hot_a and_o for_o that_o the_o heat_n draw_v the_o vapour_n it_o be_v also_o moist_a and_o rainy_a and_o contrariwise_o the_o north_n be_v dry_a and_o subtle_a for_o that_o it_o suffer_v no_o vapour_n to_o congeal_v and_o in_o this_o manner_n we_o may_v discourse_v of_o other_o wind_n give_v they_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o region_n where_o they_o blow_v but_o look_v more_o precise_o into_o it_o this_o reason_n can_v not_o satisfy_v i_o i_o will_v therefore_o demand_v what_o do_v the_o region_n of_o the_o air_n by_o which_o they_o pass_v if_o iâ—_n do_v 〈◊〉_d they_o their_o quality_n i_o speak_v it_o for_o that_o in_o german_a in_o the_o southern_a wind_n be_v hot_a and_o moist_a and_o in_o africa_n the_o northern_a be_v cold_a and_o dry_a notwithstanding_o it_o be_v most_o certain_a that_o in_o what_o region_n soever_o of_o germany_n the_o southern_a wind_n be_v engender_v it_o must_v needs_o be_v more_o cold_a than_o any_o part_n of_o africa_n where_o the_o northern_a be_v engender_v and_o if_o it_o be_v so_o why_o be_v the_o northern_a wind_n more_o cold_a in_o africa_n then_o the_o southern_a in_o germany_n see_v it_o proceed_v from_o a_o hot_a region_n some_o may_v answer_v i_o that_o the_o reason_n be_v for_o that_o it_o blow_v from_o the_o north_n which_o be_v cold_a but_o this_o be_v neither_o sufficient_a nor_o true_a for_o if_o it_o be_v so_o whenas_o the_o northern_a wind_n blow_v in_o africa_n it_o shall_v also_o run_v and_o continue_v his_o motion_n in_o all_o the_o region_n even_o unto_o the_o north_n the_o which_o be_v not_o so_o for_o at_o one_o instant_a there_o blow_v northern_a wind_n very_o cold_a in_o country_n that_o be_v in_o few_o degree_n and_o southern_a wind_n which_o be_v very_o hot_a in_o country_n lie_v in_o more_o degree_n the_o which_o be_v most_o certain_a usual_a and_o well_o know_v whereby_o in_o my_o opinion_n we_o may_v infer_v that_o it_o be_v no_o pertinent_a reason_n to_o say_v that_o the_o place_n by_o which_o the_o wind_n do_v pass_v give_v they_o their_o quality_n or_o that_o they_o be_v diversify_v for_o that_o they_o blow_n from_o divers_a region_n of_o the_o air_n although_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o have_v some_o reason_n as_o i_o have_v say_v but_o it_o be_v needful_a to_o seek_v further_o to_o know_v the_o true_a and_o original_a cause_n of_o these_o so_o strange_a difference_n which_o we_o see_v in_o the_o wind_n i_o can_v conceive_v any_o other_o but_o that_o the_o same_o efficient_a cause_n which_o bring_v forth_o and_o make_v the_o wind_n to_o grow_v do_v withal_o give_v they_o this_o original_a quality_n for_o in_o truth_n the_o matter_n whereon_o the_o wind_n be_v make_v which_o be_v no_o other_o thing_n according_a to_o aristotle_n but_o the_o exhalation_n of_o the_o interior_a element_n may_v well_o cause_n in_o effect_n a_o great_a part_n of_o this_o diversity_n be_v more_o gross_a more_o subtle_a more_o dry_a and_o more_o moist_a but_o yet_o this_o be_v no_o pertinent_a reason_n see_v that_o we_o see_v in_o one_o region_n where_o the_o vapour_n and_o exhalation_n be_v of_o one_o sort_n and_o quality_n that_o there_o rise_v wind_n and_o effect_n quite_o contrary_a we_o must_v therefore_o refer_v the_o cause_n to_o the_o high_a and_o celestial_a efficient_a which_o must_v be_v the_o sun_n and_o to_o the_o motion_n and_o influence_n of_o the_o heaven_n the_o which_o by_o their_o contrary_a motion_n give_v and_o cause_v divers_a influence_n but_o the_o beginning_n of_o these_o motion_n and_o influence_n be_v so_o obscure_a and_o hide_a from_o man_n and_o on_o the_o other_o part_n so_o mighty_a and_o of_o so_o great_a force_n as_o the_o holy_a prophet_n david_n in_o his_o prophetical_a spirit_n and_o the_o prophet_n jeremie_n admire_v the_o greatness_n of_o the_o lord_n speak_v thus_o qui_fw-la profert_fw-la ventos_fw-la dâ—_n thesauris_fw-la suis._n 10._o he_o that_o draw_v the_o wind_n out_o of_o his_o treasure_n in_o truth_n these_o principle_n and_o beginning_n be_v rich_a and_o hide_a treasure_n for_o the_o author_n of_o all_o thing_n hold_v they_o in_o his_o hand_n and_o in_o his_o power_n and_o when_o it_o please_v he_o send_v they_o forth_o for_o the_o good_a or_o chastisement_n of_o man_n and_o send_v forth_o such_o wind_n as_o he_o please_v not_o as_o that_o aeolus_n who_o the_o poet_n do_v foolish_o feign_v to_o have_v charge_n of_o the_o wind_n keep_v they_o in_o a_o cave_n like_o unto_o wild_a beast_n we_o see_v not_o the_o beginning_n of_o these_o wind_n neither_o do_v we_o know_v how_o long_o they_o shall_v continue_v or_o whither_o they_o shall_v go_v but_o we_o see_v and_o know_v well_o the_o diverse_a effect_n and_o operation_n they_o have_v even_o as_o the_o supreme_a truth_n the_o author_n of_o all_o thing_n have_v teach_v we_o say_v spiritus_fw-la ubi_fw-la vult_fw-la spirat_fw-la &_o vocemeius_fw-la audis_fw-la &_o nescis_fw-la unde_fw-la venit_fw-la aut_fw-la qâ—â—_n vadit_fw-la the_o spirit_n or_o wind_n blow_v where_o it_o please_v and_o although_o thou_o feel_v the_o breath_n yet_o do_v
not_o so_o healthful_a and_o at_o this_o day_n we_o see_v it_o less_o people_v although_o in_o former_a time_n it_o have_v be_v great_o inhabit_v with_o indian_n as_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o history_n of_o new_a spain_n and_o peru_n and_o where_o they_o keep_v and_o live_v for_o that_o the_o soil_n be_v natural_a unto_o they_o be_v breed_v there_o they_o live_v of_o fish_v at_o sea_n &_o of_o seed_n draw_v brook_n from_o the_o river_n which_o they_o use_v for_o want_v of_o rain_n for_o that_o it_o rain_v little_a there_o and_o in_o some_o place_n not_o at_o all_o this_o low_a country_n have_v many_o place_n inhabitable_a as_o well_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o sand_n which_o be_v dangerous_a for_o there_o be_v whole_a mountain_n of_o these_o sand_n as_o also_o for_o the_o marsh_n which_o grow_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o water_n that_o fall_v from_o the_o mountain_n which_o find_v no_o issue_n in_o these_o flat_a and_o low_a land_n drown_v they_o and_o make_v they_o unprofitable_a and_o in_o truth_n the_o great_a part_n of_o all_o the_o indian_a sea_n coast_n be_v of_o this_o sort_n chief_o upon_o the_o south_n sea_n the_o habitation_n of_o which_o coast_n be_v at_o this_o present_a so_o waste_v &_o contemn_v that_o of_o thirty_o part_n of_o the_o people_n that_o inhabit_v it_o there_o want_v twenty_o nine_o and_o it_o be_v likely_a the_o rest_n of_o the_o indian_n will_v in_o short_a time_n decay_n many_o according_a to_o the_o variety_n of_o their_o opinion_n attribute_v this_o to_o diverse_a cause_n some_o to_o the_o great_a labour_n which_o have_v be_v impose_v upon_o these_o indian_n other_o unto_o the_o change_n and_o variety_n of_o meat_n and_o drink_v they_o use_v since_o their_o commerce_n with_o the_o spaniard_n other_o to_o their_o great_a excess_n &_o drink_v and_o to_o other_o vice_n they_o have_v for_o my_o part_n i_o hold_v this_o disorder_n to_o be_v the_o great_a cause_n of_o their_o decay_n whereof_o it_o be_v not_o now_o time_n to_o discourse_v any_o more_o in_o this_o low_a country_n which_o i_o say_v general_o be_v unhealthful_a and_o unfit_a for_o man_n habitation_n there_o be_v exception_n in_o some_o place_n which_o be_v temperate_a and_o fertile_a as_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o plain_n of_o peru_n where_o there_o be_v cool_a valley_n and_o very_o fertile_a the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o habitation_n of_o the_o coast_n entertain_v all_o the_o traffic_n of_o spain_n by_o sea_n whereon_o all_o the_o estate_n of_o the_o indies_n depend_v upon_o this_o coast_n there_o be_v some_o town_n well_o people_v as_o lima_n and_o truxillo_n in_o peru_n panama_n and_o carthagena_n upon_o the_o main_a land_n and_o in_o the_o land_n s_o dominique_n port_n ricco_fw-it and_o havana_n with_o many_o other_o town_n which_o be_v less_o than_o these_o as_o the_o true_a cross_n in_o new_a spain_n yca_n arigua_n and_o other_o in_o peru_n the_o port_n be_v common_o inhabit_v although_o but_o slender_o the_o second_o sort_n of_o land_n be_v contrary_a very_o high_a and_o by_o consequent_a cold_a and_o dry_a as_o all_o the_o mountain_n be_v common_o this_o land_n be_v neither_o fertile_a nor_o pleasant_a but_o very_o healthful_a which_o make_v it_o to_o be_v people_v and_o inhabit_v there_o be_v pasture_n and_o great_a store_n of_o cattle_n the_o which_o for_o the_o most_o part_n entertain_v life_n and_o by_o their_o cattle_n they_o supply_v the_o want_n they_o have_v of_o corn_n and_o grain_n by_o truck_v and_o exchange_n but_o that_o which_o make_v these_o land_n more_o inhabit_v and_o people_v be_v the_o riches_n of_o the_o mine_n that_o be_v find_v there_o for_o that_o all_o obey_v to_o gold_n and_o silver_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o mine_n there_o be_v some_o dwelling_n of_o spaniard_n and_o indian_n which_o be_v increase_v and_o multiply_v as_o potozi_n and_o gancavelicqua_n in_o peru_n and_o cacatecas_n in_o new_a spain_n there_o be_v also_o through_o all_o these_o mountain_n great_a dwelling_n of_o the_o indian_n which_o to_o this_o day_n be_v maintain_v yea_o some_o will_v say_v they_o increase_v but_o that_o the_o labour_n of_o the_o mine_n do_v consume_v many_o and_o some_o general_a disease_n have_v destroy_v a_o great_a part_n as_o the_o cocoliste_n in_o new_a spain_n yet_o they_o find_v no_o great_a diminution_n in_o this_o extremity_n of_o of_o high_a ground_n they_o find_v two_o commodity_n as_o i_o have_v say_v of_o pasture_n and_o mine_n which_o do_v well_o countervail_v the_o two_o other_o that_o be_v in_o the_o low_a ground_n alonge_v the_o sea_n coast_n that_o be_v the_o commerce_n of_o the_o sea_n &_o the_o abundance_n of_o wine_n which_o grow_v not_o but_o in_o the_o hot_a land_n betwixt_o these_o two_o extreme_n there_o be_v ground_n of_o a_o mean_a height_n the_o which_o although_o it_o be_v in_o some_o part_n high_a or_o low_a one_o than_o other_o yet_o do_v it_o not_o approach_v neither_o to_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sea_n coast_n nor_o the_o intemperature_n of_o the_o mountain_n in_o this_o sort_n of_o soil_n there_o grow_v many_o kind_n of_o grain_n as_o wheat_n barley_n and_o may_v which_o grow_v not_o at_o all_o in_o the_o high_a country_n but_o well_o in_o the_o low_a there_o be_v likewise_o store_n of_o pasture_n cattle_n fruit_n and_o green_a forest_n this_o part_n be_v the_o best_a habitation_n of_o the_o three_o for_o health_n and_o recreation_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v best_o people_v of_o any_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n the_o which_o i_o have_v curious_o observe_v in_o many_o voyage_n that_o i_o have_v undertake_v and_o have_v always_o find_v it_o true_a that_o the_o province_n best_o people_v at_o the_o indies_n be_v in_o this_o situation_n let_v we_o look_v near_o into_o new_a spain_n the_o which_o without_o doubt_n be_v the_o best_a province_n the_o sun_n do_v circle_n by_o what_o part_n soever_o you_o do_v enter_v you_o mount_v up_o and_o when_o you_o have_v mount_v a_o good_a height_n you_o begin_v to_o descend_v yet_o very_o little_a and_o that_o land_n be_v always_o much_o high_a than_o that_o along_o the_o sea_n coast_n all_o the_o land_n about_o mexico_n be_v of_o this_o nature_n and_o situation_n and_o that_o which_o be_v about_o the_o vulcan_n which_o be_v the_o best_a soil_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o also_o in_o peru_n arequipa_n guamangua_n and_o cusco_n although_o more_o in_o one_o then_o in_o the_o other_o but_o in_o the_o end_n all_o be_v high_a ground_n although_o they_o descend_v into_o deep_a valley_n and_o climb_v up_o to_o high_a mountain_n the_o like_a be_v speak_v of_o quitto_n saint_n foy_n and_o of_o the_o best_a of_o the_o new_a kingdom_n to_o conclude_v i_o do_v believe_v that_o the_o wisdom_n and_o providence_n of_o the_o creator_n will_v have_v it_o so_o that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o this_o country_n of_o the_o indies_n shall_v be_v hilly_a that_o it_o may_v be_v of_o a_o better_a temperature_n for_o be_v low_a it_o have_v be_v very_o hot_a under_o the_o burn_a zone_n especial_o be_v far_o from_o the_o sea_n also_o all_o the_o land_n i_o have_v see_v at_o the_o indies_n be_v near_o to_o the_o mountain_n on_o the_o one_o side_n or_o the_o other_o and_o sometime_o of_o all_o part_n so_o as_o i_o have_v oftentimes_o say_v there_o that_o i_o will_v glad_o see_v any_o place_n from_o whence_o the_o horizon_n do_v fashion_v itself_o and_o end_n by_o the_o heaven_n and_o a_o country_n stretch_v out_o and_o even_o as_o we_o see_v in_o spain_n in_o a_o thousand_o champain_n field_n yet_o do_v i_o not_o remember_v that_o i_o have_v ever_o see_v such_o sight_n at_o the_o indies_n be_v it_o in_o the_o land_n or_o upon_o the_o main_a land_n although_o i_o have_v travel_v above_o seven_o hundred_o league_n in_o length_n but_o as_o i_o have_v say_v the_o nearness_n of_o the_o mountain_n be_v very_o commodious_a in_o this_o region_n to_o temper_v the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n to_o conclude_v the_o best_a inhabit_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n be_v as_o i_o have_v say_v and_o general_o all_o that_o country_n abound_v in_o grass_n pasture_n and_o forest_n contrary_a unto_o that_o which_o aristotle_n and_o the_o ancient_n do_v hold_v so_o as_o when_o we_o go_v out_o of_o europe_n to_o the_o indies_n we_o wonder_v to_o see_v the_o land_n so_o pleasant_a green_a and_o fresh_a yet_o this_o rule_n have_v some_o exception_n &_o chief_o in_o the_o land_n of_o peru_n which_o be_v of_o a_o strange_a nature_n among_o all_o other_o whereof_o we_o will_v now_o proceed_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o property_n of_o the_o land_n of_o peru._n chap._n 20._o we_o mean_v by_o peru_n not_o that_o great_a part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o they_o call_v america_n see_v that_o therein_o be_v contain_v bresil_n
land_n make_v restitution_n cast_v his_o cape_n point_n and_o tongue_n far_o into_o the_o sea_n pierce_v into_o the_o bowel_n thereof_o in_o some_o part_n one_o element_n end_n and_o another_o begin_v yield_v by_o degree_n one_o unto_o another_o in_o some_o place_n where_o they_o join_v it_o be_v exceed_o deep_a as_o in_o the_o land_n of_o the_o south_n sea_n and_o in_o those_o of_o the_o north_n whereas_o the_o ship_n ride_v close_o to_o the_o land_n and_o although_o they_o sound_v three_o score_n and_o ten_o yea_o four_o score_n fathom_n yet_o do_v they_o find_v no_o bottom_n which_o make_v man_n conjecture_v that_o these_o be_v pike_n or_o point_n of_o land_n which_o rise_v up_o from_o the_o bottom_n a_o matter_n worthy_a of_o great_a admiration_n hereupon_o a_o very_a expert_a pilot_n say_v unto_o i_o that_o the_o land_n which_o they_o call_v of_o woolve_n and_o other_o that_o lie_v at_o the_o entry_n of_o the_o coast_n of_o new_a spain_n be_v call_v cocos_fw-la be_v of_o this_o manner_n moreover_o there_o be_v a_o place_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o great_a ocean_n without_o the_o view_n of_o land_n and_o many_o league_n from_o it_o where_o be_v see_v as_o it_o be_v two_o tower_n or_o pike_n of_o a_o very_a high_a elevate_a rock_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o yet_o join_v unto_o it_o they_o find_v no_o bottom_n no_o man_n can_v yet_o perfect_o comprehend_v nor_o conceive_v the_o full_a and_o perfect_a form_n of_o the_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n the_o bound_n be_v not_o whole_o discover_v to_o this_o day_n yet_o we_o may_v guess_v that_o it_o be_v proportion_v like_o a_o heart_n with_o the_o lung_n the_o broad_a of_o this_o heart_n be_v from_o bresill_n to_o peru_n the_o point_n at_o the_o straight_a of_o magellan_n and_o the_o top_n where_o it_o end_v be_v the_o firm_a land_n and_o there_o the_o continent_n begin_v by_o little_a and_o little_a to_o extend_v itself_o until_o we_o come_v to_o the_o height_n of_o florida_n and_o the_o upper_a land_n which_o be_v not_o yet_o well_o discover_v we_o may_v understand_v other_o particularity_n of_o this_o land_n at_o the_o indies_n by_o the_o commentary_n which_o the_o spaniard_n have_v write_v of_o their_o success_n and_o discovery_n and_o amongst_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o peregrination_n which_o i_o have_v write_v which_o in_o truth_n be_v strange_a and_o may_v give_v a_o great_a light_n this_o in_o my_o opinion_n may_v suffice_v at_o this_o time_n to_o give_v some_o knowledge_n of_o thing_n at_o the_o indies_n touch_v the_o common_a element_n of_o the_o which_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v fame_v the_o four_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n of_o three_o kind_n of_o mixture_n or_o compound_n of_o the_o which_o i_o must_v entreat_v in_o this_o history_n chap._n 1._o have_v entreat_v in_o the_o former_a book_n of_o that_o which_o concern_v the_o element_n and_o the_o simple_n of_o the_o indies_n in_o this_o present_a book_n we_o will_v discourse_v of_o mixture_n and_o compound_n seem_v fit_a for_o the_o subject_n we_o shall_v treat_v of_o and_o although_o there_o be_v many_o other_o sundry_a kind_n yet_o we_o will_v reduce_v this_o matter_n into_o three_o which_o be_v metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n metal_n be_v as_o plant_n hide_v and_o bury_v in_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o have_v some_o conformity_n in_o themselves_o in_o the_o form_n and_o manner_n of_o their_o production_n for_o that_o we_o see_v and_o discover_v even_o in_o they_o branches_z and_o as_o it_o be_v a_o body_n from_o whence_o they_o grow_v and_o proceed_v which_o be_v the_o great_a vein_n and_o the_o less_o so_o as_o they_o have_v a_o knit_n in_o themselves_o and_o it_o seem_v proper_o that_o these_o minerales_fw-la grow_v like_a unto_o plant_n not_o that_o they_o have_v any_o inward_a vegitative_a life_n be_v only_o proper_a to_o plant_n but_o they_o be_v engender_v in_o the_o bowel_n of_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o virtue_n and_o force_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o other_o planet_n and_o in_o long_a continuance_n of_o time_n they_o increase_v and_o multiply_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o plant_n and_o even_o as_o metal_n be_v plant_n hide_v in_o the_o earth_n so_o we_o may_v say_v that_o plant_n be_v live_a creature_n fix_v in_o one_o place_n who_o life_n be_v maintain_v by_o the_o nourishment_n which_o nature_n furnish_v from_o their_o first_o begnning_n but_o live_v creature_n surpass_v plant_n in_o that_o they_o have_v a_o more_o perfect_a be_v and_o therefore_o have_v need_n of_o a_o more_o perfect_a food_n and_o nourishment_n for_o the_o search_n whereof_o nature_n have_v give_v they_o a_o move_a and_o feel_v to_o discover_v and_o discern_v it_o so_o as_o the_o rough_a and_o barren_a earth_n be_v as_o a_o substance_n and_o nutriment_n for_o metal_n and_o that_o which_o be_v fertile_a and_o better_o season_v a_o nourishment_n for_o plant_n the_o same_o plant_n serve_v as_o a_o nourishment_n for_o live_a creature_n and_o the_o plant_n and_o live_a creature_n together_o as_o a_o nourishment_n for_o man_n the_o inferior_a nature_n always_o serve_v for_o the_o maintenance_n and_o sustentation_n of_o the_o superior_a and_o the_o less_o perfect_a yield_v unto_o the_o more_o perfect_a whereby_o we_o may_v see_v how_o much_o it_o want_v that_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o other_o thing_n which_o man_n so_o much_o esteem_v by_o their_o covetousness_n shall_v be_v the_o happiness_n of_o man_n whereunto_o he_o shall_v tend_v see_v they_o be_v so_o many_o degree_n in_o quality_n inferior_a to_o man_n who_o have_v be_v create_v and_o make_v only_o to_o be_v a_o subject_a to_o serve_v the_o universal_a creator_n of_o all_o thing_n as_o his_o proper_a end_n and_o perfect_a rest_n and_o to_o which_o man_n all_o other_o thing_n in_o this_o world_n be_v not_o propound_v or_o leave_v but_o to_o gain_v this_o last_o end_n who_o so_o will_v consider_v of_o thing_n create_v and_o discourse_n according_a to_o this_o philosophy_n may_v draw_v some_o fruit_n from_o the_o knowledge_n and_o consideration_n thereof_o make_v use_n of_o they_o to_o know_v and_o glorify_v their_o author_n but_o he_o that_o will_v pass_v on_o far_a to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o their_o property_n and_o profit_n and_o will_v curious_o search_v they_o out_o he_o shall_v find_v in_o these_o creature_n that_o which_o the_o wiseman_n say_v that_o they_o be_v snare_n and_o pitfalle_v to_o the_o foot_n of_o fool_n &_o ignorant_a into_o the_o which_o they_o fall_v and_o loose_v themselves_o daily_o 14._o to_o this_o intent_n therefore_o and_o that_o the_o creator_n may_v be_v glorify_v in_o his_o creature_n i_o pretend_v to_o speak_v of_o some_o thing_n in_o this_o book_n whereof_o there_o be_v many_o at_o the_o indies_n worth_n the_o report_n touch_v metal_n plant_n and_o beast_n which_o be_v proper_a and_o peculiar_a in_o those_o part_n but_o for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o great_a work_n to_o treat_v thereof_o exact_o and_o require_v great_a learning_n and_o knowledge_n yea_o much_o more_o leisure_n than_o i_o have_v my_o intent_n be_v only_o to_o treat_v of_o some_o thing_n succinct_o the_o which_o i_o have_v observe_v as_o well_o by_o experience_n as_o the_o report_n of_o man_n of_o credit_n touch_v these_o three_o thing_n which_o i_o have_v propound_v leave_v to_o man_n more_o curious_a and_o diligent_a to_o treat_v more_o ample_o of_o these_o matter_n of_o the_o abundance_n and_o great_a quantity_n of_o mettle_n at_o the_o west_n indies_n chap._n 2._o the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n have_v make_v metal_n for_o physic_n and_o for_o defence_n for_o ornament_n and_o for_o instrument_n for_o the_o work_n of_o man_n of_o which_o four_o thing_n we_o may_v easy_o yield_v example_n but_o the_o principal_a end_n of_o metal_n and_o the_o last_o thereof_o be_v for_o that_o the_o life_n of_o man_n have_v not_o only_o need_v of_o nourishment_n as_o the_o beast_n but_o also_o he_o must_v work_v and_o labour_n according_a unto_o the_o reason_n and_o capacity_n which_o the_o creator_n have_v give_v he_o and_o as_o man_n understanding_n do_v apply_v itself_o to_o divers_a art_n and_o faculty_n so_o the_o same_o author_n have_v give_v order_n that_o he_o shall_v find_v matter_n and_o subject_n to_o diverse_a art_n for_o the_o conservation_n reparation_n surety_n ornament_n and_o exaltation_n of_o his_o work_n the_o diversity_n therefore_o of_o metal_n which_o the_o creator_n have_v shut_v up_o in_o the_o closert_n and_o concavity_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v such_o and_o so_o great_a that_o man_n draw_v profit_n and_o commodity_n from_o every_o one_o of_o they_o some_o serve_v for_o cure_v of_o disease_n other_o for_o arm_n and_o for_o defence_n against_o the_o enemy_n some_o be_v for_o ornament_n
buy_v withal_o but_o do_v change_n and_o truck_v one_o thing_n for_o another_o as_o homer_n and_o pliny_n report_n of_o the_o ancient_n they_o have_v some_o other_o thing_n of_o great_a esteem_n 3._o which_o go_v currant_n among_o they_o for_o price_n and_o in_o steed_n of_o coin_n and_o unto_o this_o day_n this_o custom_n continue_v among_o the_o indian_n as_o in_o the_o province_n of_o mexico_n in_o steed_n of_o money_n they_o use_v cacao_n which_o be_v a_o small_a fruit_n and_o therewith_o buy_v what_o they_o will_n in_o peru_n they_o use_v cocae_fw-la to_o the_o same_o end_n the_o which_o be_v a_o leaf_n the_o indian_n esteem_v much_o as_o in_o paraguay_n they_o have_v stamp_v of_o iron_n for_o coin_n and_o cotton_n weave_v in_o s._n croix_n of_o the_o sierre_n final_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o indian_n traffic_n and_o their_o buy_n and_o sell_v be_v to_o exchange_v and_o give_v thing_n for_o thing_n and_o although_o there_o be_v great_a martes_fw-la and_o famous_a fair_n yet_o have_v they_o no_o need_n of_o money_n nor_o of_o broker_n for_o that_o every_o one_o have_v learn_v what_o he_o be_v to_o give_v in_o exchange_n for_o every_o kind_n of_o merchandise_n since_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v the_o indian_n have_v use_v gold_n and_o silver_n to_o buy_v withal_o and_o in_o the_o begin_n there_o be_v no_o coin_n but_o silver_n by_o weight_n be_v theirprice_n and_o money_n as_o they_o report_v of_o the_o ancient_a roman_n since_o 4_o for_o a_o great_a benefit_n they_o have_v forge_v coin_n in_o mexico_n and_o peru_n yet_o unto_o this_o day_n they_o have_v not_o in_o the_o west_n indies_n coin_v any_o money_n of_o copper_n or_o other_o mettle_n but_o only_o of_o silver_n and_o gold_n for_o the_o richnes_n of_o that_o country_n have_v not_o admit_v nor_o receive_v such_o money_n as_o they_o call_v bullion_n nor_o other_o kind_n of_o alloy_n which_o they_o use_v in_o italy_n and_o in_o other_o province_n of_o europe_n although_o in_o some_o land_n of_o the_o indies_n as_o s._n dominique_n &_o port_n ricco_fw-it they_o use_v coin_n of_o leather_n which_o be_v square_a the_o which_o be_v currant_n only_o in_o those_o land_n have_v little_a silver_n or_o gold_n i_o say_v little_a although_o there_o be_v much_o for_o that_o no_o man_n dig_v it_o and_o refine_v it_o but_o for_o that_o the_o riches_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o their_o manner_n to_o labour_v in_o the_o mine_n consist_v of_o gold_n silver_n and_o quickeâ—silver_n i_o will_v speak_v some_o thing_n of_o these_o three_o metal_n leave_v the_o rest_n for_o this_o time_n of_o gold_n which_o they_o dig_v and_o refine_v at_o the_o indies_n chap._n 4._o gold_n among_o other_o metal_n have_v be_v always_o hold_v the_o most_o excellent_a and_o with_o reason_n be_v the_o most_o durable_a and_o incorruptible_a of_o all_o other_o for_o sire_n which_o consume_v and_o diminish_v the_o rest_n amend_v it_o and_o bring_v it_o to_o perfection_n gold_n which_o have_v often_o pass_v through_o the_o fire_n keep_v his_o colour_n and_o be_v most_o fine_a and_o pure_a which_o proper_o be_v call_v as_o pliny_n say_v obriso_n whereof_o the_o scripture_n make_v so_o often_o mention_n &_o use_v which_o consume_v all_o other_o metal_n as_o the_o same_o pliny_n say_v do_v not_o any_o thing_n waste_v gold_n 3_o nor_o yet_o hurt_v it_o neither_o be_v it_o eat_v nor_o grow_v old_a and_o although_o his_o substance_n and_o body_n be_v firm_a and_o solid_a yet_o do_v it_o yield_v and_o bow_v wonderful_o the_o beater_n and_o drawer_n of_o gold_n know_v well_o the_o force_v it_o have_v to_o be_v draw_v out_o without_o break_v all_o which_o thing_n well_o consider_v with_o other_o excellent_a property_n will_v give_v man_n of_o judgement_n to_o understand_v wherefore_o the_o holy_a scripture_n do_v compare_v charity_n to_o gold_n 6._o to_o conclude_v there_o be_v little_a need_n to_o relate_v the_o excellency_n thereof_o to_o make_v it_o more_o desirable_a for_o the_o great_a excellency_n it_o have_v be_v to_o be_v know_v as_o it_o be_v among_o man_n for_o the_o supreme_a power_n and_o greatness_n of_o the_o world_n come_v therefore_o to_o our_o subject_n at_o the_o indies_n there_o be_v great_a abundance_n of_o this_o mettle_n and_o it_o be_v well_o know_v by_o approve_a history_n that_o the_o inguas_fw-la of_o peru_n do_v not_o content_v themselves_o with_o great_a and_o small_a vessel_n of_o gold_n as_o pot_n cup_n goblet_n and_o flagon_n yea_o with_o kowle_n or_o great_a vessel_n but_o they_o have_v chair_n also_o and_o litter_n of_o massy_a gold_n and_o in_o their_o temple_n they_o have_v set_v up_o main_a image_n of_o pure_a gold_n whereof_o they_o find_v some_o yet_o at_o mexico_n but_o not_o such_o store_n as_o when_o the_o first_o conqueror_n come_v into_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o kingdom_n who_o find_v great_a treasure_n and_o without_o doubt_n there_o be_v much_o more_o hide_a in_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o indian_n it_o will_v seem_v ridiculous_a to_o report_v that_o they_o have_v make_v their_o horse_n shoe_n of_o silver_n for_o want_n of_o iron_n and_o that_o they_o have_v pay_v three_o hundred_o crown_n for_o a_o bottle_n of_o wine_n and_o other_o strange_a thing_n and_o yet_o in_o truth_n this_o have_v come_v to_o pass_v yea_o and_o great_a matter_n they_o draw_v gold_n in_o those_o part_n after_o three_o sort_n or_o at_o the_o least_o i_o have_v see_v all_o three_o use_v for_o either_o they_o find_v gold_n in_o grain_n in_o powder_n or_o in_o stone_n they_o do_v call_v gold_n in_o grain_n small_a morsel_n of_o gold_n which_o they_o find_v whole_a without_o mixture_n of_o any_o other_o mettle_n which_o have_v no_o need_n of_o melt_a or_o refine_n in_o the_o fire_n and_o they_o call_v they_o pippin_n for_o that_o common_o they_o be_v like_a to_o pippin_n or_o seed_n of_o melon_n or_o pompion_n and_o that_o whereof_o job_n speak_v when_o he_o say_v leave_v illius_fw-la aurum_fw-la 18._o though_o sometime_o there_o be_v great_a and_o such_o as_o i_o have_v see_v weigh_v many_o pound_n it_o be_v the_o excellency_n of_o this_o mettle_n alone_o as_o pliny_n affirm_v to_o be_v find_v thus_o pure_a and_o perfect_a which_o be_v not_o see_v in_o any_o other_o metal_n 5_o which_o be_v always_o earthly_a and_o have_v a_o scum_n and_o need_v purge_v by_o the_o fire_n i_o have_v likewise_o see_v silver_n natural_a like_a to_o yea_o there_o be_v a_o other_o kind_n which_o the_o indian_n call_v papas_n and_o sometime_o they_o find_v piece_n very_o five_o and_o pure_a like_a to_o small_a round_a root_n the_o which_o be_v rare_a in_o that_o mettle_n but_o usual_a in_o gold_n they_o find_v little_a of_o this_o gold_n in_o pippin_n in_o respect_n of_o the_o other_o kind_n gold_n in_o stone_n be_v a_o vein_n of_o gold_n that_o grow_v or_o engender_v within_o the_o stone_n or_o flint_n as_o i_o have_v see_v in_o the_o mine_n of_o curuma_n within_o the_o government_n of_o salines_n very_o great_a stone_n pierce_v and_o intermix_v with_o gold_n other_o that_o be_v half_a gold_n and_o half_a stone_n the_o gold_n which_o grow_v in_o this_o manner_n be_v find_v in_o pit_n or_o mine_n which_o have_v their_o vein_n like_v to_o the_o silver_n mine_n but_o it_o be_v very_o hard_a to_o draw_v it_o forth_o agatarchides_n write_v in_o his_o first_o book_n of_o the_o erithrean_a or_o red_a sea_n as_o photion_n report_v in_o his_o bibliotheca_fw-la of_o the_o manner_n and_o fashion_n to_o refine_v gold_n draw_v out_o of_o stone_n the_o which_o the_o ancient_a king_n of_o egypt_n be_v wont_a to_o use_v &_o it_o be_v a_o strange_a thing_n to_o see_v how_o that_o which_o be_v write_v resemble_v proper_o to_o the_o manner_n they_o use_v at_o this_o day_n in_o refine_n these_o metal_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n the_o great_a quantity_n of_o gold_n which_o be_v draw_v at_o the_o indies_n be_v that_o in_o powder_n the_o which_o be_v find_v in_o stream_n and_o place_n where_o much_o water_n have_v pass_v because_o the_o sloud_n at_o the_o indies_n abound_v in_o this_o kind_n of_o gold_n as_o the_o ancient_n for_o this_o occasion_n do_v celebrate_v the_o river_n of_o tagus_n in_o spain_n paâ—olus_n in_o asia_n and_o ganges_n in_o the_o east_n indies_n and_o callâ—d_a theâ—_n râ—menta_fw-la auri_fw-la the_o which_o we_o other_o call_v golâ—e_v in_o powder_n and_o of_o this_o sort_n be_v the_o great_a quantity_n of_o gold_n they_o have_v at_o this_o day_n at_o this_o present_a in_o tâ—e_v â—lands_n of_o barlovent_n hispaniola_n cuba_n and_o port_n ricco_fw-it there_o have_v be_v and_o be_v great_a quantity_n in_o the_o river_n but_o they_o bring_v little_a from_o thence_o into_o spain_n for_o want_v of_o the_o natural_a inhabitant_n of_o the_o country_n &_o the_o difficulty_n to_o
earth_n and_o stone_n where_o it_o engender_v they_o purge_v and_o purify_v it_o seven_o time_n for_o in_o effect_v it_o pass_v their_o hand_n seven_o time_n yea_o often_o until_o it_o remain_v pure_a and_o fine_a so_o be_v it_o in_o the_o word_n of_o god_n where_o the_o soul_n must_v be_v so_o purify_v that_o shall_v enjoy_v the_o heavenly_a perfection_n of_o their_o engine_n to_o grind_v the_o mettle_n and_o of_o their_o trial_n of_o silver_n chap._n 13._o to_o conclude_v this_o subject_n of_o silver_n and_o of_o metal_n there_o remain_v yet_o two_o thing_n to_o speak_v of_o the_o one_o be_v of_o their_o engine_n and_o mill_n the_o other_o of_o their_o essay_n or_o trial_n i_o have_v say_v before_o how_o they_o grind_v their_o metal_n for_o the_o receve_n of_o the_o quicksilver_n which_o be_v do_v with_o diverse_a instrument_n and_o engine_n some_o with_o horse_n like_v unto_o hand-mille_n other_o like_o water-mill_n of_o which_o two_o sort_n there_o be_v great_a number_n but_o for_o that_o the_o water_n they_o do_v use_v common_o be_v but_o of_o rain_n whereof_o they_o have_v not_o sufficient_a but_o three_o month_n in_o the_o year_n december_n january_n and_o february_n for_o this_o reason_n they_o have_v make_v lake_n and_o stand_a pool_n which_o contain_v inâ—circuite_n about_o a_o thousand_o and_o six_o hundred_o rod_n and_o in_o depth_n three_o stade_n there_o be_v seven_o with_o their_o sluice_n so_o as_o when_o they_o have_v need_n of_o any_o water_n they_o raise_v up_o a_o sluice_n from_o whence_o run_v a_o little_a stream_n of_o water_n the_o which_o they_o stop_v upon_o holy-day_n and_o when_o the_o lake_n and_o pool_n do_v fill_v and_o that_o the_o year_n abound_v with_o rain_n their_o grind_n do_v then_o continue_v six_o or_o seven_o month_n so_o as_o even_o for_o silver_n sake_n man_n desire_v a_o good_a year_n of_o rain_n in_o potozi_n as_o they_o do_v in_o other_o place_n for_o bread_n there_o be_v some_o other_o engine_n in_o tarapaya_n which_o be_v a_o valley_n three_o or_o four_o league_n distant_a from_o potozi_n whereas_o there_o run_v a_o river_n as_o in_o other_o part_n the_o difference_n of_o these_o engine_n be_v that_o some_o go_v with_o six_o pestle_n some_o with_o twelve_o and_o other_o with_o fourteen_o they_o grind_v and_o beat_v the_o mettle_n in_o mortar_n labour_v day_n and_o night_n and_o from_o thence_o they_o carry_v it_o to_o be_v sift_v upon_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o brook_n of_o potozi_n there_o be_v forty_o eight_o water-mill_n of_o eight_o ten_o and_o twelve_o pestell_n and_o four_o on_o the_o other_o side_n which_o they_o call_v tanacognugno_fw-la in_o the_o city_n of_o tarapaya_n there_o be_v two_o and_o twenty_o engine_n all_o upon_o the_o water_n beside_o there_o be_v thirty_o go_v with_o horse_n in_o potozi_n and_o many_o other_o in_o diversâ—partes_v so_o great_a the_o desire_n of_o man_n be_v to_o get_v silver_n which_o be_v try_v by_o deputy_n appoint_v by_o the_o king_n to_o give_v the_o alloy_n to_o every_o piece_n they_o carry_v the_o bar_n of_o silver_n unto_o the_o assay_v master_n who_o give_v to_o every_o one_o his_o number_n for_o that_o they_o carry_v many_o at_o once_o he_o cut_n a_o small_a piece_n of_o every_o one_o the_o which_o he_o weigh_v just_o and_o put_v they_o into_o a_o cruset_n which_o be_v a_o small_a vessel_n make_v of_o burn_a bone_n beat_v after_o he_o place_v every_o crusible_a in_o his_o order_n in_o the_o furnace_n give_v they_o a_o violent_a fire_n than_o the_o mettle_n melt_v and_o that_o which_o be_v lead_v go_v into_o smoke_n and_o the_o copper_n and_o tin_n dissolve_v the_o silver_n remain_v most_o fine_a of_o the_o colour_n of_o fire_n it_o be_v a_o strange_a thing_n that_o be_v thus_o refine_v although_o it_o be_v liquid_a and_o melt_a yet_o it_o never_o spill_v be_v the_o mouth_n of_o the_o crusible_a turn_v downwards_o but_o it_o remain_v fix_v without_o the_o loss_n of_o a_o drop_n the_o assay_v master_n know_v by_o the_o colour's_n and_o other_o sign_n when_o it_o be_v refine_v then_o do_v he_o draw_v the_o crusibles_n from_o the_o fire_n and_o weigh_v every_o piece_n curious_o observe_v what_o every_o one_o want_n of_o his_o weight_n for_o that_o which_o be_v of_o high_a alloy_n waste_v but_o little_a and_o that_o which_o be_v base_a diminish_v much_o &_o according_a to_o the_o waste_n he_o see_v what_o alloy_n he_o bear_v according_a to_o the_o which_o he_o mark_n every_o bar_n punctual_o their_o balance_n and_o weight_n be_v so_o delicate_a and_o their_o grain_n so_o small_a as_o they_o can_v take_v they_o up_o with_o the_o hand_n but_o with_o a_o small_a pair_n of_o pincer_n and_o this_o trial_n they_o make_v by_o candle_n light_n that_o no_o air_n may_v move_v the_o balance_n for_o of_o this_o little_a the_o price_n of_o the_o whole_a bar_n depend_v in_o truth_n it_o be_v a_o very_a delicate_a thing_n and_o require_v a_o great_a dexterity_n 17.27_o which_o the_o holy_a scripture_n use_v in_o many_o place_n to_o show_v how_o god_n prove_v his_o choose_a and_o to_o note_v the_o difference_n of_o the_o merit_n of_o soul_n whereas_o god_n give_v the_o title_n of_o a_o assay-maister_n to_o the_o prophet_n jeremie_n that_o he_o may_v try_v and_o declare_v the_o spiritual_a virtue_n of_o man_n and_o of_o his_o work_n which_o be_v the_o proper_a work_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n be_v he_o that_o weigh_v the_o soul_n of_o man_n 1._o we_o will_v rest_v content_a with_o what_o we_o have_v speak_v touch_v silver_n metal_n and_o mine_n and_o will_v pass_v to_o the_o two_o other_o mixture_n the_o which_o be_v plant_n and_o beast_n of_o emerald_n chap._n 14._o it_o shall_v not_o be_v from_o the_o purpose_n to_o speak_v something_o of_o emerald_n both_o for_o that_o it_o be_v a_o precious_a thing_n as_o gold_n &_o silver_n as_o also_o for_o that_o they_o take_v their_o beginning_n from_o mine_n and_o metal_n 3_o as_o pliny_n report_v the_o emerald_n have_v be_v in_o old_a time_n in_o great_a esteem_n as_o the_o same_o author_n write_v giving_z it_o the_o three_o place_n among_o all_o jewel_n and_o precious_a stone_n that_o be_v next_o to_o the_o diamond_n and_o pearl_n at_o this_o day_n they_o do_v not_o so_o much_o esteem_v the_o emerald_n nor_o the_o pearl_n for_o the_o great_a abundance_n be_v bring_v of_o these_o two_o sort_n from_o the_o indies_n only_o the_o diamond_n hold_v the_o principality_n the_o which_o can_v not_o be_v take_v from_o it_o next_o the_o ruby_n come_v in_o price_n and_o other_o stone_n which_o they_o hold_v more_o precious_a than_o the_o emerald_n man_n be_v so_o desirous_a of_o singularity_n &_o rare_a thing_n that_o what_o they_o see_v to_o be_v common_a they_o do_v not_o esteem_v they_o report_v of_o a_o spaniard_n who_o be_v in_o italy_n when_o the_o indies_n be_v first_o discover_v show_v aâ—_n emerald_n to_o a_o lapidary_n who_o ask_v he_o the_o value_n thereof_o after_o he_o have_v well_o view_v it_o be_v of_o a_o excellent_a lustre_n and_o form_n he_o prize_v it_o at_o a_o hundred_o ducat_n he_o than_o show_v he_o a_o other_o great_a than_o it_o which_o he_o value_v at_o three_o hundred_o ducat_n the_o spaniard_n drink_v with_o this_o discourse_n carry_v he_o to_o his_o lodging_n show_v he_o a_o casket_n full_a the_o italian_a see_v so_o great_a a_o number_n of_o emerald_n say_v unto_o he_o sir_n these_o be_v well_o worth_a a_o crown_n a_o piece_n the_o like_a have_v happen_v both_o at_o the_o indies_n and_o in_o spain_n where_o the_o stone_n have_v lose_v their_o estimation_n for_o the_o great_a abundance_n they_o find_v of_o they_o there_o pliny_n report_v many_o excellency_n of_o the_o emerald_n among_o the_o which_o he_o say_v 5_o that_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o please_v nor_o more_o healthful_a for_o the_o sight_n wherein_o he_o have_v reason_n but_o his_o authority_n import_v little_a see_v there_o be_v such_o store_n 35_o it_o be_v report_v that_o lelia_n a_o roman_a dame_n bestow_v upon_o a_o scoffion_n and_o a_o garment_n embroider_v with_o pearl_n and_o emerald_n 400000._o ducat_n the_o which_o at_o this_o day_n may_v be_v do_v with_o less_o than_o forty_o thousand_o ducat_n yea_o two_o such_o in_o diverse_a part_n of_o the_o indies_n and_o the_o king_n of_o mexico_n do_v much_o esteem_v they_o some_o do_v use_v to_o pierce_v their_o nostril_n and_o hang_v therein_o a_o excellent_a emerald_n they_o hang_v they_o on_o the_o visage_n of_o their_o idol_n the_o great_a store_n be_v find_v in_o the_o new_a kingdom_n of_o grenado_n and_o peru_n near_o unto_o manta_n and_o port_n vieil_n there_o be_v towards_o that_o place_n a_o soil_n which_o they_o call_v the_o land_n of_o emerald_n for_o the_o knowledge_n they_o have_v
but_o much_o more_o for_o the_o exquisite_a effect_n it_o have_v to_o cure_v wound_n and_o divers_a other_o remedy_n as_o experience_n have_v teach_v in_o the_o cure_n of_o disease_n the_o balm_n which_o come_v from_o the_o west_n indies_n be_v not_o of_o the_o same_o kind_n of_o right_a balm_n which_o they_o bring_v from_o alexandria_n or_o cairo_n and_o in_o old_a time_n be_v in_o judea_n which_o judea_n as_o pliny_n write_v do_v of_o all_o the_o world_n possess_v this_o greatness_n until_o the_o emperor_n vespasian_n bring_v it_o to_o rome_n &_o into_o italy_n 15_o the_o reason_n why_o i_o say_v the_o liquor_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o of_o one_o kind_n be_v for_o that_o the_o tree_n from_o whence_o it_o come_v be_v very_o different_a for_o the_o balm_n tree_n of_o palestine_n be_v small_a and_o fashion_v like_a to_o a_o vine_n as_o plinic_n report_v who_o have_v see_v it_o and_o those_o that_o at_o this_o day_n that_o have_v see_v they_o in_o the_o east_n say_v as_o much_o as_o also_o the_o holy_a scripture_n call_v the_o place_n where_o the_o balm_n thicken_v 1._o vine_n of_o enguaddy_n for_o the_o resemblance_n it_o have_v to_o vine_n at_o the_o indies_n i_o have_v see_v the_o tree_n from_o whence_o they_o draw_v the_o balm_n which_o be_v as_o big_a as_o a_o poungarnet_n tree_n and_o some_o thing_n near_o the_o fashion_n and_o if_o my_o memory_n fail_v i_o not_o it_o have_v nothing_o common_a with_o the_o vine_n although_o that_o strabo_n write_v that_o the_o ancient_a tree_n of_o balm_n geograp_v be_v of_o the_o bigness_n of_o a_o poungarnet_n tree_n but_o in_o their_o accident_n and_o operation_n their_o liquor_n be_v alike_o as_o likewise_o they_o be_v in_o their_o admirable_a smell_n and_o in_o the_o cure_n and_o heal_n of_o wound_n in_o colour_n and_o substance_n see_v they_o report_v of_o other_o balm_n that_o there_o be_v some_o white_a vermilion_a green_a and_o black_a the_o which_o be_v likewise_o see_v in_o that_o of_o the_o indies_n and_o as_o they_o draw_v forth_o the_o ancient_a in_o cut_v and_o make_v incision_n in_o the_o bark_n to_o cause_v the_o liquor_n to_o distil_v out_o so_o do_v they_o with_o that_o at_o the_o indies_n although_o it_o distil_v in_o great_a abundance_n and_o as_o in_o the_o ancient_a there_o be_v one_o kind_n which_o be_v pure_a the_o which_o they_o call_v opobalsamum_n which_o be_v the_o very_a tear_n that_o distil_v so_o as_o there_o be_v another_o sort_n which_o be_v not_o so_o exquisite_a the_o which_o they_o draw_v from_o the_o bark_n and_o leave_v strain_v and_o boil_v on_o the_o fire_n the_o which_o they_o call_v xilobalssamum_fw-la the_o like_a be_v also_o in_o the_o indian_a balm_n there_o be_v one_o pure_a that_o distil_v from_o the_o tree_n and_o other_o that_o the_o indian_n draw_v out_o by_o strain_v and_o boil_v the_o leaf_n and_o wood_n yea_o they_o do_v sophisticate_a and_o augment_v it_o with_o other_o liquor_n to_o make_v it_o increase_v it_o be_v not_o without_o reason_n they_o call_v it_o balm_n for_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v so_o although_o it_o be_v not_o of_o the_o same_o kind_n of_o the_o ancient_a yet_o it_o be_v much_o esteem_v and_o shall_v be_v more_o if_o the_o great_a abundance_n be_v not_o the_o cause_n as_o in_o emerald_n and_o pearl_n that_o which_o import_v most_o be_v the_o use_n wherein_o it_o be_v employ_v for_o cream_n and_o unction_n in_o the_o church_n and_o in_o such_o veneration_n for_o that_o the_o apostolic_a sea_n have_v give_v liberty_n to_o give_v cream_n of_o balm_n at_o the_o indies_n and_o that_o they_o shall_v use_v it_o in_o confirmation_n and_o other_o ceremony_n which_o they_o use_v they_o bring_v balm_n to_o spain_n from_o new_a spain_n from_o the_o province_n of_o guatimalla_n from_o chiappa_n and_o other_o place_n where_o it_o abound_v most_o although_o the_o most_o esteem_v be_v that_o which_o come_v from_o the_o island_n of_o tollu_n which_o be_v upon_o the_o main_a land_n not_o far_o from_o carthagene_n this_o balm_n be_v white_a and_o common_o they_o hold_v the_o white_a to_o be_v more_o perfect_a than_o the_o red_a although_o pliny_n give_v the_o first_o place_n to_o the_o vermilion_n 25_o the_o second_o to_o the_o white_a the_o three_o to_o green_a and_o the_o last_o to_o black_a but_o it_o seem_v that_o strabo_n esteem_v more_o the_o white_a balm_n as_o we_o do_v monardes_n discourse_v at_o large_a of_o the_o indian_a balm_n in_o the_o first_o and_o second_o part_n especial_o of_o that_o of_o carthagene_n and_o tollu_n which_o be_v all_o one_o i_o have_v not_o find_v that_o the_o indian_n in_o old_a time_n do_v much_o esteem_n balm_n nor_o yet_o employ_v it_o in_o any_o important_a use_n although_o monardes_n say_v that_o the_o indian_n cure_v their_o wound_n therewith_o and_o from_o thence_o the_o spaniard_n learn_v it_o of_o amber_n and_o other_o oil_n gum_n and_o drug_n which_o they_o bring_v from_o the_o indies_n chap._n 29._o next_o to_o balm_n amber_n hold_v the_o second_o place_n it_o be_v another_o liquor_n which_o be_v likewise_o sweet_a and_o medicinal_a but_o more_o thick_a and_o turn_v into_o a_o paste_n of_o a_o hot_a complexion_n and_o a_o good_a perfume_n the_o which_o they_o apply_v to_o wound_n bruise_n and_o other_o necessity_n wherein_o i_o will_v refer_v myself_o to_o the_o physician_n especial_o to_o doctor_n monardes_n who_o in_o his_o first_o part_n have_v write_v of_o this_o liquor_n and_o many_o other_o that_o be_v physical_a which_o come_v from_o the_o indies_n this_o amber_n come_v from_o new_a spain_n which_o have_v that_o advantage_n above_o other_o province_n in_o gum_n liquor_n and_o juice_n of_o tree_n whereby_o they_o have_v such_o abundance_n of_o matter_n for_o perfume_n and_o physic_n as_o be_v the_o animé_fw-fr whereof_o there_o come_v great_a store_n copall_a or_o suchicopal_n which_o be_v another_o kind_n storax_n and_o encense_n which_o have_v excellent_a operation_n and_o have_v a_o very_a good_a smell_n fit_a for_o fumigation_n likewise_o the_o tacamahaca_n and_o caranna_n which_o be_v also_o very_o medicinal_a they_o bring_v likewise_o from_o this_o province_n oil_n of_o aspic_n which_o the_o physician_n and_o painter_n use_v much_o the_o one_o for_o plaster_n the_o other_o to_o varnish_n their_o picture_n they_o bring_v also_o for_o the_o physician_n cassia_n fistule_n the_o which_o grow_v plentiful_o in_o s._n dominique_n it_o be_v a_o great_a tree_n which_o carry_v these_o cane_n as_o his_o fruit_n they_o bring_v in_o the_o fleet_n wherein_o i_o come_v from_o s._n dominique_n forty_o eight_o quintalle_n of_o cassia_n fistule_n salcepareille_fw-fr be_v not_o less_o know_v for_o a_o thousand_o remedy_n wherein_o it_o be_v use_v there_o come_v in_o the_o same_o fleet_n fifty_o quintalle_n from_o the_o same_o island_n there_o be_v much_o of_o this_o saâ—ceparâ—ille_n at_o peru_n and_o most_o excellent_a in_o the_o province_n of_o guaâ—aquill_n which_o be_v under_o the_o line_n many_o go_v to_o be_v cure_v into_o this_o province_n and_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o some_o that_o the_o pure_a water_n only_o which_o they_o drink_v give_v they_o health_n for_o that_o it_o pass_v by_o root_n as_o i_o have_v say_v from_o whence_o it_o draw_v this_o virtue_n so_o as_o there_o need_v no_o great_a cover_n or_o garment_n to_o make_v a_o man_n sweat_n in_o that_o country_n the_o wood_n of_o guayac_n which_o they_o call_v lignum_fw-la sanctum_fw-la or_o indian_a wood_n grow_v abundant_o in_o the_o same_o land_n and_o be_v as_o heavy_a as_o iron_n so_o as_o it_o present_o sink_v in_o the_o water_n hereof_o they_o bring_v in_o the_o same_o fleet_n 350._o quintall_n and_o they_o may_v have_v bring_v twenty_o yea_o a_o hundred_o thousand_o of_o this_o wood_n if_o there_o be_v use_v for_o it_o there_o come_v in_o the_o same_o fleet_n and_o from_o the_o same_o island_n 130._o quintalle_n of_o bresill_n wood_n the_o which_o be_v fiery_a red_n so_o well_o know_v and_o much_o use_v in_o die_v and_o other_o thing_n there_o be_v at_o the_o indies_n infinite_a number_n of_o other_o aromatical_a wood_n gum_n oil_n and_o drug_n so_o as_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a to_o name_v they_o all_o neither_o do_v it_o now_o much_o import_v i_o say_v only_o that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o king_n inguas_fw-la of_o câ—sco_n and_o the_o mexicaine_n king_n there_o be_v many_o great_a personage_n expert_a in_o cure_v of_o disease_n with_o simple_n and_o do_v goodly_a cure_n have_v the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o many_o virtue_n and_o property_n of_o herb_n root_n wood_n and_o plant_n which_o grow_v there_o and_o whereof_o the_o ancient_n of_o europe_n have_v have_v no_o knowledge_n there_o be_v a_o thousand_o of_o these_o simple_n fit_a to_o purge_v as_o the_o root_n of_o mechoaçan_n
spain_n and_o italy_n we_o have_v see_v admirable_a effect_n of_o this_o stone_n against_o the_o tâ—verdette_n which_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o plague_n but_o not_o so_o muchâ—s_v in_o peru._n they_o do_v apply_v it_o beat_v and_o put_v into_o some_o liquor_n which_o may_v make_v it_o fit_a for_o the_o cure_n of_o melancholy_n the_o fall_a sickness_n pestilent_a fever_n &_o many_o other_o disease_n some_o take_v it_o in_o wine_n other_o in_o vinegar_n with_o water_n dezahac_n of_o league_n de_fw-mi beufe_z borrage_n and_o other_o sort_n as_o the_o physician_n and_o apoticary_n can_v tell_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n have_v no_o proper_a savour_n as_o rasis_fw-la the_o arabian_a do_v testify_v we_o have_v see_v notable_a trial_n and_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n but_o the_o author_n of_o this_o universal_a world_n have_v give_v great_a virtue_n to_o this_o stone_n the_o bezaar_n stone_n which_o come_v from_o the_o east_n indies_n have_v the_o first_o place_n of_o account_n they_o be_v of_o a_o olive_n colour_n the_o second_o be_v those_o of_o peru_n and_o the_o three_o those_o of_o new_a spain_n since_o that_o these_o stone_n be_v in_o request_n they_o say_v the_o indian_n have_v make_v artificial_a one_o and_o many_o when_o they_o see_v these_o stone_n great_a than_o the_o ordinary_a they_o take_v they_o to_o be_v false_a and_o counterfeit_a trial_n and_o experience_n be_v the_o best_a mistress_n to_o know_v they_o one_o thing_n be_v worthy_a admiration_n that_o they_o grow_v and_o be_v fashion_v upon_o very_o strange_a thing_n as_o upon_o the_o tag_n of_o a_o point_n upon_o a_o pin_n or_o a_o piece_n of_o wood_n which_o they_o find_v in_o the_o centre_n of_o this_o stone_n and_o yet_o do_v they_o not_o hold_v it_o false_a for_o that_o the_o beast_n may_v swallow_v it_o and_o the_o stone_n thicken_v upon_o it_o and_o grow_v one_o upon_o another_o and_o so_o it_o increase_v i_o do_v see_v in_o peru_n two_o stone_n fashion_v upon_o pignon_n of_o castille_n which_o make_v we_o to_o wonder_n much_o for_o that_o in_o all_o peru_n we_o have_v not_o see_v any_o pine_n or_o pignon_n of_o castille_n if_o they_o be_v not_o bring_v from_o spain_n which_o seem_v to_o i_o very_o extraordinary_a this_o little_a may_v suffice_v touch_v the_o bezaar_n stone_n they_o bring_v other_o physical_a stone_n from_o the_o indies_n as_o the_o stone_n of_o hyiada_n or_o of_o rate_n the_o blood_n stone_n the_o stone_n of_o milk_n and_o of_o the_o sea_n those_o which_o they_o call_v cornerinaâ—_n for_o the_o heart_n whereof_o there_o be_v no_o need_n to_o speak_v have_v nothing_o common_a with_o the_o subject_n of_o beast_n whereof_o we_o have_v entreat_v which_o give_v we_o to_o understand_v how_o the_o great_a master_n and_o author_n of_o all_o have_v impart_v his_o benefit_n and_o wonderful_a secret_n to_o all_o part_n of_o the_o world_n for_o the_o which_o he_o be_v to_o be_v glorify_v for_o ever_o *_o âŽ_o *_o a_o prologue_n to_o the_o book_n follow_v have_v entreat_v of_o the_o natural_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n i_o will_v hereafter_o discourse_v of_o the_o moral_a history_n that_o be_v to_o say_v of_o the_o deed_n and_o custom_n of_o the_o indies_n for_o after_o the_o heaven_n the_o temperature_n the_o situation_n &_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o new_a world_n after_o the_o element_n &_o mixture_n i_o mean_v metal_n plant_n &_o beast_n whereof_o we_o have_v speak_v in_o the_o former_a book_n as_o occasion_n do_v serve_v both_o order_n &_o reason_n do_v invite_v we_o to_o continue_v and_o undertake_v the_o discourse_n of_o those_o man_n which_o inhabit_v the_o new_a world_n and_o therefore_o i_o pretend_v in_o the_o follow_a book_n to_o speak_v what_o i_o think_v worthy_a of_o this_o subject_n and_o for_o that_o the_o intention_n of_o this_o history_n be_v not_o only_o to_o give_v knowledge_n of_o what_o have_v pass_v at_o the_o indies_n but_o also_o to_o continue_v this_o knowledge_n to_o the_o fruit_n we_o may_v gather_v by_o it_o which_o be_v to_o help_v this_o people_n for_o their_o soul_n health_n and_o to_o glorify_v the_o creator_n and_o redeemer_n who_o have_v draw_v they_o from_o the_o obscure_a darkness_n of_o their_o infidelity_n and_o impart_v unto_o they_o the_o admirable_a light_n of_o his_o gospel_n and_o therefore_o i_o will_v first_o speak_v in_o these_o book_n follow_v what_o concern_v their_o religion_n or_o superstition_n their_o custom_n their_o idolatry_n and_o their_o sacrifice_n and_o after_o what_o concern_v their_o policy_n and_o government_n their_o law_n custom_n and_o their_o deed_n and_o for_o that_o the_o memory_n be_v preserve_v among_o the_o mexicaine_n nation_n of_o their_o beginning_n succession_n war_n and_o other_o thing_n worthy_a the_o relation_n beside_o that_o which_o shall_v be_v handle_v in_o the_o six_o book_n i_o will_v make_v a_o peculiar_a discourse_n in_o the_o seven_o show_v the_o disposition_n and_o forewarning_n this_o nation_n have_v of_o the_o new_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n our_o lord_n which_o shall_v be_v extend_v in_o these_o country_n and_o shall_v conquer_v they_o to_o himself_o as_o he_o have_v doâ—e_n in_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o world_n the_o which_o in_o truth_n be_v a_o thing_n worthy_a of_o great_a consideration_n to_o see_v how_o the_o divine_a providence_n have_v appointeâ—_n that_o the_o light_n of_o his_o word_n shall_v find_v a_o passage_n in_o the_o further_a bound_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v not_o my_o project_n at_o this_o time_n to_o write_v what_o the_o spaniard_n have_v do_v in_o those_o part_n for_o there_o be_v book_n enough_o write_v upon_o this_o subject_n nor_o yet_o how_o the_o lord_n servant_n have_v labour_v and_o profit_v for_o that_o require_v a_o new_a labour_n i_o will_v only_o content_v myself_o to_o plant_v this_o history_n and_o relation_n at_o the_o door_n of_o the_o gospel_n see_v it_o be_v already_o enter_v and_o to_o make_v know_v the_o natural_a and_o moral_a thing_n of_o the_o indies_n to_o the_o end_n that_o christianity_n may_v be_v plant_v and_o augment_v as_o it_o be_v expound_v at_o large_a in_o the_o book_n we_o have_v write_v de_fw-fr procuranda_fw-la indiorum_fw-la salute_n and_o if_o any_o one_o wonder_n at_o some_o fashion_n &_o custom_n of_o the_o indies_n &_o will_v scorn_v they_o as_o fool_n or_o abhor_v they_o as_o devilish_a and_o inhuman_a people_n let_v he_o remember_v that_o the_o same_o thing_n yea_o worse_o have_v be_v see_v among_o the_o greek_n and_o roman_n who_o have_v command_v the_o whole_a world_n as_o we_o may_v easy_o understand_v not_o only_o of_o our_o author_n as_o eusebius_n of_o caesarea_n clement_n alexandrine_n and_o other_o but_o also_o of_o their_o own_o as_o pliny_n denis_n halicarnassis_n and_o plutarch_n for_o the_o prince_n of_o darkness_n be_v the_o head_n of_o all_o infidelity_n it_o be_v no_o new_a thing_n to_o find_v among_o infidel_n cruelty_n filthiness_n and_o folly_n fit_a for_o such_o a_o master_n and_o although_o the_o ancient_a gentile_n have_v far_o surpass_v these_o of_o the_o new_a world_n in_o valour_n and_o natural_a knowledge_n yet_o may_v we_o observe_v many_o thing_n in_o they_o worthy_a the_o remembrance_n but_o to_o conclude_v they_o show_v to_o be_v barbarous_a people_n who_o be_v deprive_v of_o the_o supernatural_a light_n want_v likewise_o philosophy_n and_o natural_a knowledge_n the_o five_o book_n of_o the_o natural_a and_o moral_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n that_o the_o pride_n and_o malice_n of_o the_o devil_n have_v be_v the_o cause_n of_o idolatry_n chap._n 1._o the_o pride_n and_o presumption_n of_o the_o devil_n be_v so_o great_a &_o obstinate_a that_o always_o he_o seek_v and_o strive_v to_o be_v honour_v as_o god_n and_o do_v arrogate_v to_o himself_o all_o he_o can_v whatsoever_o do_v appertain_v to_o the_o most_o high_a god_n he_o cease_v not_o to_o abuse_v the_o blind_a nation_n of_o the_o world_n upon_o who_o the_o clear_a light_n of_o the_o holy_a gospel_n have_v not_o yet_o shine_v 41._o we_o read_v in_o job_n of_o this_o proud_a tyrant_n who_o set_v his_o eye_n aloft_o and_o among_o all_o the_o son_n of_o pride_n he_o be_v the_o king_n the_o holy_a scripture_n instructe_v we_o plain_o of_o his_o vile_a intention_n and_o his_o overween_a treason_n whereby_o he_o have_v pretend_v to_o make_v his_o throne_n equal_a unto_o god_n say_v in_o isaiah_n thou_o do_v say_v within_o thyself_o i_o will_v mount_v up_o to_o heaven_n 14._o and_o set_v my_o chair_n upon_o all_o the_o star_n of_o heaven_n and_o i_o will_v sit_v upon_o the_o top_n of_o the_o firmament_n and_o in_o the_o side_n of_o the_o north_n i_o will_v ascend_v above_o the_o height_n of_o the_o cloud_n and_o will_v be_v like_a to_o the_o most_o high_a 2d_o and_o in_o ezechiel_n thy_o heart_n be_v lift_v up_o and_o thou_o
have_v say_v i_o be_o god_n and_o have_v set_v in_o the_o chair_n of_o god_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o sea_n thus_o do_v satan_n continual_o persist_v in_o this_o wicked_a desire_n to_o make_v himself_o god_n and_o although_o the_o just_a and_o severe_a chastisement_n of_o the_o most_o high_a have_v spoil_v he_o of_o all_o his_o pomp_n and_o beauty_n which_o make_v he_o grow_v proud_a be_v entreat_v as_o his_o felony_n and_o indiscretion_n have_v deserve_v as_o it_o be_v write_v by_o the_o same_o prophet_n yet_o have_v he_o leave_v nothing_o of_o his_o wickedness_n and_o perverse_a practice_n the_o which_o he_o have_v make_v manifest_a by_o all_o mean_v possible_a like_o a_o mad_a dog_n that_o bite_v the_o sword_n wherewith_o he_o be_v strike_v for_o as_o it_o be_v write_v the_o pride_n of_o such_o as_o hate_v god_n do_v always_o increase_v hâ—nce_o come_v the_o continual_a and_o strange_a care_n which_o this_o enemy_n of_o god_n have_v always_o have_v to_o make_v he_o to_o be_v worship_v of_o man_n invent_v so_o many_o kind_n of_o idolatry_n whereby_o he_o have_v so_o long_o hold_v the_o grete_a part_n of_o the_o world_n in_o subjection_n so_o as_o there_o scarce_o remain_v any_o one_o corner_n for_o god_n &_o his_o people_n of_o israel_n 12._o and_o since_o the_o power_n of_o the_o gospel_n have_v vanquish_v and_o disarm_v he_o and_o that_o by_o the_o force_n of_o the_o cross_n he_o have_v break_v and_o ruin_v the_o most_o important_a and_o puissant_a place_n of_o his_o kingdom_n with_o the_o like_a tyranny_n he_o have_v begin_v to_o assail_v the_o barbarous_a people_n and_o nation_n far_o off_o strive_v to_o maintain_v among_o they_o his_o false_a and_o lie_a divinity_n the_o which_o the_o son_n of_o god_n have_v take_v from_o he_o in_o his_o church_n tie_v he_o with_o chain_n as_o in_o a_o cage_n or_o prison_n like_o a_o furious_a beast_n to_o his_o great_a confusion_n &_o rejoice_v of_o the_o servant_n of_o god_n as_o he_o do_v signify_v in_o job._n but_o in_o the_o end_n although_o idolatry_n have_v be_v root_v out_o of_o the_o best_a and_o most_o notable_a part_n of_o the_o world_n yet_o he_o have_v retire_v himself_o into_o the_o most_o remote_a part_n and_o have_v rule_v in_o that_o other_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o although_o it_o be_v much_o inferior_a in_o nobility_n yet_o be_v it_o not_o oflesse_a compass_n there_o be_v two_o cause_n and_o chief_a motive_n for_o the_o which_o the_o devil_n have_v so_o much_o labour_v to_o plantidolatry_n and_o all_o infidelity_n so_o as_o you_o shall_v hardly_o find_v any_o nation_n where_o there_o be_v not_o some_o mark_n thereof_o the_o one_o be_v this_o great_a presumption_n and_o pride_n which_o be_v such_o that_o whoso_o will_v consider_v how_o he_o dare_v affront_v the_o very_a son_n of_o god_n and_o true_a god_n in_o say_v impudent_o that_o he_o shall_v fall_v down_o and_o worship_v he_o the_o which_o he_o do_v 4._o although_o he_o know_v not_o certain_o that_o this_o be_v the_o very_a god_n yet_o have_v he_o some_o opinion_n that_o it_o be_v the_o son_n of_o god_n a_o most_o cruel_a and_o horrible_a pride_n to_o dare_v thus_o impudent_o affront_v his_o god_n true_o he_o shall_v not_o find_v it_o very_o strange_a that_o he_o make_v himself_o to_o be_v worship_v as_o god_n by_o ignorant_a nation_n see_v he_o will_v seek_v to_o be_v worship_v by_o god_n himself_o call_v himself_o god_n be_v a_o abominable_a and_o detestable_a creature_n the_o other_o cause_n and_o motive_n of_o idolatry_n be_v the_o mortal_a hatred_n he_o have_v conceive_v for_o ever_o against_o mankind_n for_o as_o our_o saviour_n say_v he_o have_v be_v a_o murderer_n from_o the_o beginning_n and_o hold_v it_o as_o a_o condition_n and_o inseparable_a quality_n of_o his_o wickedness_n and_o for_o that_o he_o know_v the_o greatast_n misery_n of_o man_n be_v to_o worship_v the_o creature_n for_o god_n for_o this_o reason_n he_o never_o leave_v to_o invent_v all_o sort_n of_o idolatry_n to_o destroy_v man_n and_o make_v he_o enemy_n to_o god_n there_o be_v two_o mischief_n which_o the_o devil_n cause_v in_o idolatry_n the_o one_o that_o he_o deny_v his_o god_n according_a to_o the_o text_n thou_o have_v leave_v thy_o god_n who_o create_v thou_o 32._o the_o other_o be_v that_o he_o do_v subject_v himself_o to_o a_o thing_n base_a than_o himself_o for_o that_o all_o creature_n be_v inferior_a to_o the_o reasonable_a and_o the_o devil_n although_o he_o be_v superior_a to_o man_n in_o nature_n yet_o in_o estate_n he_o be_v much_o inferior_a see_v that_o man_n in_o this_o life_n be_v capable_a of_o divinity_n and_o eternity_n by_o this_o mean_v god_n be_v dishonour_v and_o man_n lose_v in_o all_o part_n by_o idolatry_n wherewith_o the_o devil_n in_o his_o pride_n be_v well_o content_a of_o many_o kind_n of_o idolatry_n the_o indian_n have_v use_v chap._n 2._o 14._o idolatry_n say_v the_o holy-ghost_n by_o the_o wise_a man_n be_v the_o cause_n begin_n and_o end_n of_o all_o misery_n for_o this_o cause_n the_o enemy_n of_o mankind_n have_v multiply_v so_o many_o sort_n and_o diversity_n of_o idolatry_n as_o it_o be_v a_o infinite_a matter_n to_o specify_v they_o all_o yet_o we_o may_v reduce_v idolatry_n to_o two_o head_n the_o one_o ground_v upon_o natural_a thing_n the_o other_o upon_o thing_n imagine_v and_o make_v by_o man_n invention_n the_o first_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o for_o either_o the_o thing_n they_o worship_v be_v general_a as_o the_o sun_n moon_n fire_n earth_n and_o element_n or_o else_o it_o be_v particular_a as_o some_o certain_a river_n fountain_n tree_n or_o forest_n when_o these_o thing_n be_v not_o genera_o worship_v in_o their_o kind_n but_o only_o in_o particular_a in_o this_o first_o kind_n of_o idolatry_n they_o have_v exceed_v in_o peru_n and_o they_o proper_o call_v it_o guaca_n the_o second_o kind_n of_o idolatry_n which_o depend_v of_o man_n invention_n &_o fiction_n may_v likewise_o be_v divide_v into_o two_o sort_n one_o which_o regard_v only_o the_o pure_a art_n and_o invention_n of_o man_n as_o to_o adore_v the_o image_n or_o statue_n of_o gold_n wood_n or_o stone_n of_o mercury_n or_o pallas_n which_o neither_o be_v nor_o ever_o be_v any_o thing_n else_o but_o the_o bare_a picture_n and_o the_o other_o that_o concern_v that_o which_o real_o have_v be_v and_o be_v in_o truth_n the_o same_o thing_n but_o not_o such_o as_o idolatry_n feign_v as_o the_o dead_a or_o some_o thing_n proper_a unto_o they_o which_o man_n worship_v through_o vanity_n and_o flattery_n so_o as_o we_o reduce_v all_o to_o four_o kind_n of_o idolatry_n which_o the_o infidel_n use_v of_o all_o which_o it_o behoove_v we_o to_o speak_v something_o that_o the_o indian_n have_v some_o knowledge_n of_o god_n chap._n 3._o first_o although_o the_o darkness_n of_o infidelity_n hold_v these_o nation_n in_o blindness_n yet_o in_o many_o thing_n the_o light_n of_o truth_n and_o reason_n work_v somewhat_o in_o they_o and_o they_o common_o acknowledge_v a_o supreme_a lord_n and_o author_n of_o all_o thing_n which_o they_o of_o peru_n call_v vnachocha_n and_o give_v he_o name_n of_o great_a excellence_n as_o pachacamac_n or_o pachayachachic_a which_o be_v the_o creator_n of_o heaven_n and_o earth_n and_o vsapu_n which_o be_v admirable_a and_o other_o like_a name_n he_o they_o do_v worship_n as_o the_o chief_a of_o all_o who_o they_o do_v honour_n in_o behold_v the_o heaven_n the_o like_a we_o see_v amongst_o they_o of_o mexico_n and_o china_n and_o all_o other_o infidel_n which_o accord_v well_o with_o that_o which_o be_v say_v of_o saint_n paul_n in_o the_o act_n of_o the_o apostle_n where_o he_o do_v see_v the_o inscription_n of_o a_o altar_n ignoto_fw-la deo_fw-la to_o the_o unknown_a god_n whereupon_o the_o apostle_n take_v occasion_n to_o preach_v unto_o they_o say_v he_o who_o you_o worship_v without_o know_v 17._o he_o do_v i_o preach_v unto_o you_o in_o like_a sort_n those_o which_o at_o this_o day_n do_v preach_v the_o gospel_n to_o the_o indian_n find_v no_o great_a difficulty_n to_o persuade_v they_o that_o there_o be_v a_o high_a god_n and_o lord_n over_o all_o and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o christian_n god_n and_o the_o true_a god_n and_o yet_o it_o have_v cause_v great_a admiration_n in_o i_o that_o although_o they_o have_v this_o knowledge_n yet_o have_v they_o no_o proper_a name_n for_o god_n if_o we_o shall_v seek_v into_o the_o indian_a tongue_n for_o a_o word_n to_o answer_v to_o this_o name_n of_o god_n as_o in_o latin_a deus_n in_o greek_a theos_n in_o hebrew_n el_fw-es in_o arabike_a alla_n but_o we_o shall_v not_o find_v any_o in_o the_o cuscan_a or_o mexicaine_n tongue_n so_o as_o such_o as_o preach_v or_o write_v to_o the_o indian_n
go_v common_o to_o recreate_v themselves_o at_o the_o narell_n or_o monastery_n of_o these_o monk_n and_o return_v in_o a_o manner_n always_o drink_v these_o monastery_n common_o be_v without_o the_o town_n and_o have_v temple_n within_o their_o close_n yet_o in_o china_n they_o be_v not_o great_o curious_a of_o idol_n or_o of_o temple_n for_o the_o mandarin_n little_a esteem_n idol_n and_o do_v hold_v it_o for_o a_o vain_a thing_n and_o worthy_a to_o be_v laugh_v at_o yea_o they_o believe_v there_o be_v no_o other_o life_n nor_o paradise_n but_o to_o be_v in_o the_o office_n of_o the_o mandarin_n nor_o any_o other_o hell_n than_o the_o prison_n they_o have_v for_o offender_n as_o for_o the_o common_a sort_n they_o say_v it_o be_v necessary_a to_o entertain_v they_o with_o idolatry_n as_o the_o philosopher_n himself_o reach_v his_o governor_n 〈◊〉_d and_o in_o the_o scripture_n it_o be_v a_o excuse_n which_o aaron_n give_v for_o the_o idol_n of_o the_o calf_n that_o he_o cause_v to_o be_v make_v yet_o the_o chinois_n use_v to_o tarry_v in_o the_o poop_n of_o their_o ship_n 32._o in_o little_a chapel_n a_o virgin_n emboss_v set_v in_o a_o chair_n with_o two_o chinois_n before_o her_o kneel_v in_o manner_n of_o angel_n have_v a_o light_n burn_v there_o both_o day_n and_o night_n and_o when_o they_o be_v to_o set_v sail_n they_o do_v many_o sacrifice_n and_o ceremony_n with_o a_o great_a noise_n of_o drum_n and_o bell_n cast_v paper_n burn_v at_o the_o poop_n come_v to_o our_o religious_a man_n i_o do_v not_o know_v that_o in_o peru_n there_o be_v any_o proper_a house_n for_o man_n but_o for_o the_o priest_n and_o sorcerer_n whereof_o there_o be_v a_o infinite_a number_n but_o it_o seem_v that_o in_o mexico_n the_o devil_n have_v set_v a_o due_a observation_n for_o within_o the_o circuit_n of_o the_o great_a temple_n there_o be_v two_o monastery_n as_o before_o have_v be_v say_v one_o of_o virgin_n whereof_o i_o have_v speak_v the_o other_o of_o young_a man_n seclude_v of_o eighteen_o or_o twenty_o year_n of_o age_n which_o they_o call_v religious_a they_o wear_v shave_v crown_n as_o the_o friar_n in_o these_o part_n their_o hair_n alittle_o long_o which_o fall_v to_o the_o midst_n of_o their_o care_n except_o the_o hinder_a part_n of_o the_o head_n which_o they_o let_v grow_v the_o breadth_n of_o four_o finger_n down_o to_o their_o shoulder_n and_o which_o they_o tie_v up_o in_o tress_n these_o young_a man_n that_o serve_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o vitzliputzli_n live_v poor_o and_o chaste_o and_o do_v the_o office_n of_o levite_n minister_a to_o the_o priest_n and_o chief_a of_o the_o temple_n their_o incense_n light_n &_o garment_n they_o sweep_v and_o make_v clean_o the_o holy_a place_n bring_v wood_n for_o a_o continual_a fire_n to_o the_o hearth_n of_o their_o god_n which_o be_v like_o a_o lamp_n that_o still_o burn_v before_o the_o altar_n of_o their_o idol_n beside_o these_o young_a man_n there_o be_v other_o little_a boy_n as_o novice_n that_o serve_v for_o manual_a use_n as_o to_o deck_v the_o temple_n with_o bough_n roses_z and_o reed_n give_v the_o priest_n water_n to_o wash_v with_o give_v they_o their_o razor_n to_o sacrifice_n and_o go_v with_o such_o as_o beg_v alm_n to_o carry_v it_o all_o these_o have_v their_o superior_n who_o have_v the_o government_n over_o they_o they_o live_v so_o honest_o as_o when_o they_o come_v in_o public_a where_o there_o be_v any_o woman_n they_o carry_v their_o head_n very_o low_a with_o their_o eye_n to_o the_o ground_n not_o dare_v to_o behold_v they_o they_o have_v linen_n garment_n and_o it_o be_v lawful_a for_o they_o to_o go_v into_o the_o city_n four_o or_o six_o together_o to_o ask_v alm_n in_o all_o quarter_n and_o when_o they_o give_v they_o none_o it_o be_v lawful_a to_o go_v into_o the_o corn_n field_n and_o gather_v the_o care_n of_o corn_n or_o cluster_n of_o may_n which_o they_o most_o need_v the_o master_n not_o dare_v to_o speak_v nor_o hinder_v they_o they_o have_v this_o liberty_n because_o they_o live_v poor_o and_o have_v no_o other_o revenue_n but_o alm_n there_o may_v not_o be_v above_o fifty_o live_v in_o penance_n rise_v at_o midnight_n to_o sound_v the_o cornet_n and_o trumpet_n to_o awake_v the_o people_n every_o one_o watch_v the_o idol_n in_o his_o turn_n leave_v the_o fire_n before_o the_o altar_n shall_v die_v they_o give_v the_o censor_n with_o the_o which_o the_o priest_n at_o midnight_n incense_v the_o idol_n and_o also_o in_o the_o morning_n at_o noon_n and_o at_o night_n they_o be_v very_o subject_a and_o obedient_a to_o their_o superior_n and_o pass_v not_o any_o one_o point_n that_o be_v command_v they_o and_o at_o midnight_n after_o the_o priesthad_v end_v his_o cense_v they_o retire_v themselves_o into_o a_o secret_a place_n apart_z sacrifice_a &_o draw_v blood_n from_o the_o calf_n of_o their_o leg_n with_o sharp_a bodkin_n with_o this_o blood_n they_o rub_v their_o temple_n &_o under_o their_o care_n and_o this_o sacrifice_n finish_v they_o present_o wash_v themselves_o in_o a_o little_a pool_n appoint_v to_o that_o end_n these_o young_a man_n do_v not_o anoint_v their_o head_n and_o body_n with_o any_o petum_n as_o the_o priest_n do_v their_o garment_n be_v of_o a_o course_n white_a linen_n cloth_n they_o do_v make_v there_o these_o exercise_n and_o strictness_n of_o penance_n continue_v a_o whole_a year_n during_o which_o time_n they_o live_v with_o great_a austerity_n and_o solitariness_n in_o truth_n it_o be_v very_o strange_a to_o see_v that_o this_o false_a opinion_n of_o religion_n have_v so_o great_a force_n among_o these_o young_a man_n and_o maiden_n of_o mexico_n that_o they_o will_v serve_v the_o devil_n with_o so_o great_a rigour_n and_o austerity_n which_o many_o of_o we_o do_v not_o in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o most_o high_a god_n the_o which_o be_v a_o great_a shame_n and_o confusion_n for_o those_o among_o we_o that_o glory_n to_o have_v do_v a_o small_a penance_n although_o this_o exercise_n of_o the_o mexicaines_n be_v not_o continual_a but_o for_o a_o year_n only_o which_o make_v it_o the_o more_o tolerable_a of_o penance_n and_o the_o strictness_n the_o indian_n have_v use_v at_o the_o devil_n persuasion_n chap._n 17._o see_v we_o be_v come_v to_o this_o point_n it_o shall_v be_v good_a both_o to_o discover_v the_o curse_a pride_n of_o satan_n and_o to_o confound_v it_o and_o somewhat_o to_o quicken_v our_o coldness_n and_o slâ—th_n in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o great_a god_n to_o speak_v some_o thing_n of_o the_o rigour_n and_o strange_a penance_n this_o miserable_a people_n use_v at_o the_o devil_n persuasion_n like_v to_o the_o false_a prophet_n of_o baal_n 28._o who_o do_v beat_v and_o wound_v themselves_o with_o lancet_n draw_v forth_o blood_n or_o like_o those_o that_o sacrifice_v their_o son_n and_o daughter_n unto_o loathsome_a belphegor_n pass_v they_o through_o the_o fire_n â—â—_o as_o holy_a writ_n testify_v for_o satan_n have_v always_o desire_v to_o be_v serve_v to_o the_o great_a hurt_n and_o spoil_v of_o man_n it_o have_v be_v say_v that_o the_o priest_n and_o religious_a of_o mexico_n rise_v at_o midnight_n and_o have_v cast_v incense_n before_o the_o idol_n they_o retire_v themselves_o into_o a_o large_a place_n where_o there_o be_v many_o light_n and_o sit_v down_o every_o one_o take_v a_o point_n of_o manguay_n which_o be_v like_a unto_o a_o awl_n or_o sharp_a bodkin_n with_o the_o which_o or_o with_o some_o other_o kind_n of_o launcet_n or_o razor_n they_o pierce_v the_o calf_n of_o their_o leg_n near_o to_o the_o bone_n draw_v forth_o much_o blood_n with_o the_o which_o they_o anoint_v their_o temple_n &_o dip_v these_o bodkin_n or_o lancet_n in_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o blood_n then_o set_v they_o they_o upon_o the_o battlement_n of_o the_o court_n stick_v in_o gloabe_n or_o bowl_n of_o straw_n that_o all_o may_v see_v and_o know_v the_o penance_n they_o do_v for_o the_o people_n they_o do_v wash_v off_o the_o blood_n in_o a_o lake_n appoint_v for_o that_o purpose_n which_o they_o call_v ezapangue_n which_o be_v to_o say_v water_n of_o blood_n there_o be_v in_o the_o temple_n a_o great_a number_n of_o bodkin_n or_o lancet_n for_o that_o they_o may_v not_o use_v one_o twice_o moreover_o these_o priest_n and_o religious_a man_n use_v great_a fasting_n of_o five_o or_o ten_o day_n together_o before_o any_o of_o their_o great_a feast_n and_o they_o be_v unto_o they_o as_o our_o four_o ember_n week_n they_o be_v so_o strict_a in_o continence_n that_o some_o of_o they_o not_o to_o fall_v into_o any_o sensuality_n slit_v their_o member_n in_o the_o midst_n and_o do_v a_o thousand_o thing_n to_o make_v themselves_o unable_a lest_o they_o shall_v offend_v
their_o god_n they_o drink_v no_o wine_n and_o sleep_v little_a for_o that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o their_o exercise_n be_v by_o night_n commit_v great_a cruelty_n and_o martire_v themselves_o for_o the_o devil_n and_o all_o to_o be_v repute_v great_a faster_n and_o penitent_n they_o do_v use_v to_o discipline_n themselves_o with_o cord_n full_a of_o knot_n and_o not_o they_o only_a but_o the_o people_n also_o use_v this_o punishment_n and_o whip_n in_o the_o procession_n and_o feast_n they_o make_v to_o the_o idol_n tezcalipuca_n the_o which_o as_o i_o have_v say_v before_o be_v the_o god_n of_o penance_n for_o than_o they_o all_o carry_v in_o their_o hand_n new_a cord_n of_o the_o thread_n of_o manguey_a a_o fathom_n long_o with_o a_o knot_n at_o the_o end_n and_o therewith_o they_o whip_v themselves_o give_v great_a lash_n over_o their_o shoulder_n the_o priest_n do_v fast_o five_o day_n together_o before_o this_o feast_n eat_v but_o once_o a_o day_n and_o they_o live_v apart_o from_o their_o wife_n not_o go_v out_o of_o the_o temple_n during_o those_o five_o day_n they_o do_v whip_v themselves_o rigorous_o in_o the_o manner_n aforesaid_a the_o jesuit_n which_o have_v write_v from_o the_o indies_n treat_v ample_o of_o the_o penance_n and_o exceed_a rigour_n the_o boncos_fw-la use_n all_o which_o be_v but_o counterfeit_a and_o more_o in_o show_n then_o in_o truth_n in_o peru_n to_o solemnize_v the_o feast_n of_o the_o yta_n which_o be_v great_a all_o the_o people_n fast_v two_o day_n during_o the_o which_o they_o do_v not_o accompany_v with_o their_o wife_n neither_o do_v they_o eat_v any_o meat_n with_o salt_n or_o garlic_n nor_o drink_v chica_n they_o do_v much_o use_v this_o kind_n of_o fast_v for_o some_o sin_n and_o do_v penance_n whip_v themselves_o with_o sharp_a sting_a nettle_n and_o often_o they_o strike_v themselves_o over_o the_o shoulder_n with_o certain_a stone_n this_o blind_a nation_n by_o the_o persuasion_n of_o the_o devil_n do_v transport_v themselves_o into_o craggy_a mountain_n where_o sometime_o they_o sacrifice_v themselves_o cast_v themselves_o down_o from_o some_o high_a rock_n all_o which_o be_v but_o snare_n and_o deceit_n of_o he_o that_o desire_v nothing_o more_o than_o the_o loss_n and_o ruin_n of_o man_n of_o the_o sacrifice_n the_o indian_n make_v to_o the_o devil_n and_o whereof_o chap._n 18._o it_o have_v be_v in_o the_o abundance_n and_o diversity_n of_o offering_n and_o sacrifice_n teach_v unto_o the_o infidel_n for_o their_o idolatry_n that_o the_o enemy_n of_o god_n and_o man_n have_v most_o show_v his_o subtlety_n and_o wickedness_n and_o as_o it_o be_v a_o fit_a thing_n and_o proper_a to_o religion_n to_o consume_v the_o substance_n of_o the_o creature_n for_o the_o service_n and_o honour_n of_o the_o creator_n the_o which_o be_v by_o sacrifice_n even_o so_o the_o father_n of_o lie_n have_v invent_v the_o mean_n to_o cause_v the_o creature_n of_o god_n to_o be_v offer_v unto_o he_o as_o to_o the_o author_n and_o lord_n thereof_o the_o first_o kind_n of_o sacrifice_n which_o man_n use_v be_v very_o simple_a for_o cain_n offer_v the_o fruit_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o abel_n the_o best_a of_o his_o cattle_n the_o which_o likewise_o noah_n and_o abraham_n do_v afterwards_o and_o the_o other_o patriarch_n 15._o until_o that_o this_o ample_a ceremony_n of_o levi_n be_v give_v by_o moses_n wherein_o there_o be_v so_o many_o sort_n and_o difference_n of_o sacrifice_n of_o divers_a thing_n for_o divers_a affair_n and_o with_o divers_a ceremony_n in_o like_a sort_n among_o some_o nation_n he_o have_v be_v content_a to_o teach_v they_o to_o sacrifice_v of_o what_o they_o have_v but_o among_o other_o he_o have_v pass_v far_a give_v they_o a_o multitude_n of_o custom_n and_o ceremony_n upon_o sacrifice_n and_o so_o many_o observance_n as_o they_o be_v wonderful_a and_o thereby_o it_o appear_v plain_o that_o he_o mean_v to_o contend_v and_o equal_v himself_o to_o the_o ancient_a law_n and_o in_o many_o thing_n usurp_v the_o same_o ceremony_n we_o may_v draw_v all_o the_o sacrifice_n the_o infidel_n use_v into_o three_o kind_n one_o of_o insensible_a thing_n another_o of_o beast_n and_o the_o three_o of_o man_n they_o do_v use_v in_o peru_n to_o sacrifice_n coca_n which_o be_v a_o herb_n they_o esteem_v much_o of_o may_n which_o be_v their_o wheat_n of_o colour_a feather_n and_o of_o chaquira_n which_o otherwise_o they_o call_v mollo_n of_o shell_n or_o oyster_n and_o sometime_o gold_n and_o silver_n be_v in_o figure_n of_o little_a beast_n also_o of_o the_o fine_a stuff_n of_o cumbi_n of_o carve_a and_o sweet_a wood_n and_o most_o common_o tallow_n burn_v they_o make_v these_o offering_n or_o sacrifice_n for_o a_o prosperous_a wind_n and_o fair_a weather_n or_o for_o their_o health_n and_o to_o be_v deliver_v from_o some_o danger_n and_o mishap_n of_o the_o second_o kind_n their_o ordinary_a sacrifice_n be_v of_o cuye_n which_o be_v small_a beast_n like_o rabbit_n the_o which_o the_o indian_n eat_v common_o and_o in_o matter_n of_o importance_n or_o when_o they_o be_v rich_a man_n they_o do_v offer_v pacos_n or_o indian_a sheep_n bare_a or_o with_o wool_n observe_v curious_o the_o number_n colour_n and_o time_n the_o manner_n of_o kill_v their_o sacrifice_n great_a or_o small_a which_o the_o indian_n do_v use_v according_a to_o their_o ancient_a ceremony_n be_v the_o same_o the_o moor_n use_v at_o this_o day_n the_o which_o they_o call_v alquible_n hang_v the_o beast_n by_o the_o right_n before_o leg_n turn_v his_o eye_n towards_o the_o sun_n speak_v certain_a word_n according_a to_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o sacrifice_n they_o fly_v for_o if_o it_o be_v of_o colour_n their_o word_n be_v direct_v to_o chuquilla_n and_o to_o the_o thunder_n that_o they_o may_v want_v no_o water_n if_o it_o be_v white_a &_o smooth_a they_o do_v offer_v it_o to_o the_o sun_n with_o certain_a word_n if_o it_o have_v a_o fleece_n they_o do_v likewise_o offer_v it_o he_o with_o some_o other_o that_o he_o may_v shine_v upon_o they_o and_o favour_v their_o generation_n if_o it_o be_v a_o guanaco_n which_o be_v gray_a they_o direct_v their_o sacrifice_n to_o viracocha_n in_o cusco_n they_o do_v every_o year_n kill_v and_o sacrifice_n with_o this_o ceremony_n a_o shear_a sheep_n to_o the_o sun_n and_o do_v burn_v it_o clad_v in_o a_o red_a waistcoat_n and_o when_o they_o do_v burn_v it_o they_o cast_v certain_a small_a basket_n of_o coca_n into_o the_o fire_n which_o they_o call_v vilcaronca_n for_o which_o sacrifice_n they_o have_v both_o man_n and_o beast_n appoint_v which_o serve_v to_o no_o other_o use_n they_o do_v likewise_o sacrifice_v small_a bird_n although_o it_o be_v not_o so_o usual_a in_o peru_n as_o in_o mexico_n where_o the_o sacrifice_a of_o quail_n be_v very_o ordinary_a those_o of_o peru_n do_v sacrifice_v the_o bird_n of_o puna_n for_o so_o they_o call_v the_o desert_n when_o they_o shall_v go_v to_o the_o war_n for_o to_o weaken_v the_o force_n of_o their_o adversary_n guaca_n they_o call_v these_o sacrifice_n cuzcovicca_n or_o contevicca_n or_o huallavicca_n or_o sophavicca_n and_o they_o do_v it_o in_o this_o manner_n they_o take_v many_o kind_n of_o small_a bird_n of_o the_o desert_n and_o gather_v a_o great_a deal_n of_o a_o thorny_a wood_n which_o they_o call_v yaâ—lli_n the_o which_o be_v kindle_v they_o gather_v together_o these_o small_a bird_n this_o assembly_n they_o call_v quiâ—o_o than_o do_v they_o cast_v they_o into_o the_o fire_n about_o the_o which_o the_o officer_n of_o the_o sacrifice_n go_v with_o certain_a round_a stone_n carve_v whereon_o be_v paint_v many_o snake_n lion_n toad_n and_o tiger_n utter_v this_o word_n vsachum_fw-la which_o signify_v let_v the_o victory_n be_v give_v unto_o we_o with_o other_o word_n whereby_o they_o say_v the_o force_n of_o their_o enemy_n guacas_n be_v confound_v and_o they_o draw_v forth_o certain_a black_a sheep_n which_o have_v be_v keep_v close_o some_o day_n without_o meat_n the_o which_o they_o call_v vrca_n and_o in_o kill_v they_o they_o speak_v these_o word_n as_o the_o heart_n of_o these_o beast_n be_v weaken_v so_o let_v our_o enemy_n be_v weaken_v and_o if_o they_o find_v in_o these_o sheep_n that_o a_o certain_a piece_n of_o flesh_n behind_o the_o heart_n be_v not_o consume_v by_o fast_v and_o close_a keep_n they_o then_o hold_v it_o for_o a_o ill_o augur_v they_o bring_v certain_a black_a dog_n which_o they_o call_v appuros_n and_o slay_v they_o cast_v they_o into_o a_o plain_a with_o certain_a ceremony_n cause_v some_o kind_n of_o man_n to_o eat_v this_o flesh_n the_o which_o sacrifice_n they_o do_v lest_o the_o ingua_n shall_v be_v hurt_v by_o poison_n and_o for_o this_o cause_n they_o fast_v from_o morning_n until_o the_o star_n be_v up_o
pay_v no_o tribute_n of_o that_o which_o be_v apportion_v unto_o they_o for_o all_o their_o tribute_n be_v to_o till_o and_o keep_v in_o good_a order_n the_o land_n of_o the_o ingua_n and_o the_o guaca_n and_o to_o lay_v the_o fruit_n thereof_o in_o their_o storehouse_n when_o the_o year_n be_v barren_a they_o give_v of_o these_o fruit_n thus_o reserve_v to_o the_o needy_a for_o that_o there_o be_v always_o superaboundance_n the_o ingua_n do_v likewise_o make_v destribution_n of_o the_o cattle_n as_o of_o the_o land_n which_o be_v to_o number_n and_o divide_v they_o then_o to_o appoint_v the_o pasture_n and_o limit_n for_o the_o cattle_n belong_v to_o the_o guaca_n and_o to_o the_o ingua_n and_o to_o every_o town_n and_o therefore_o one_o portion_n of_o their_o revenue_n be_v for_o religion_n another_o for_o the_o ingua_n &_o the_o three_o for_o the_o indian_n themselves_o the_o like_a order_n be_v observe_v among_o the_o hunter_n be_v forbid_v to_o take_v or_o kill_v any_o female_n the_o troop_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la and_o guacas_fw-la be_v in_o great_a number_n and_o very_o fruitful_a for_o this_o cause_n they_o call_v they_o capaëllama_n but_o those_o of_o the_o common_a and_o public_a be_v few_o in_o number_n and_o of_o small_a value_n and_o therefore_o they_o call_v they_o bacchallama_n the_o ingua_n take_v great_a care_n for_o the_o preservation_n of_o cattle_n for_o that_o it_o have_v be_v and_o be_v yet_o all_o the_o wealth_n of_o the_o country_n and_o as_o it_o be_v say_v they_o do_v neither_o sacrifice_n any_o female_n nor_o kill_v they_o neither_o do_v they_o take_v they_o when_o they_o hunt_v if_o the_o mangy_a or_o the_o scurvy_a which_o they_o call_v carache_fw-la take_v any_o beast_n they_o be_v present_o command_v to_o bury_v it_o quick_a lest_o it_o shall_v infect_v other_o they_o do_v shear_v their_o cattle_n in_o their_o season_n and_o distribute_v to_o every_o one_o to_o spin_v and_o weave_v stuff_n for_o the_o service_n of_o his_o family_n they_o have_v searcher_n to_o examine_v if_o they_o do_v employ_v themselves_o in_o these_o work_n and_o to_o punish_v the_o negligent_a they_o make_v stuff_n of_o the_o wool_n of_o the_o inguas_fw-la cattle_n for_o he_o and_o for_o his_o family_n one_o sort_n very_o fine_a which_o they_o call_v cumbi_n and_o another_o grosser_n which_o they_o likewise_o call_v abasca_n there_o be_v no_o certain_a number_n of_o these_o stuff_n and_o garment_n appoint_v but_o what_o be_v deliver_v to_o every_o one_o the_o wool_n that_o remain_v be_v put_v into_o the_o storehouse_n whereof_o the_o spaniard_n find_v they_o full_o and_o with_o all_o other_o thing_n necessary_a for_o the_o life_n of_o man_n there_o be_v few_o man_n of_o judgement_n but_o do_v admire_v at_o so_o excellent_a and_o well_o settle_v a_o government_n see_v the_o indian_n be_v neither_o religious_a nor_o christian_n maintain_v after_o their_o manner_n this_o perfection_n nor_o to_o hold_v any_o thing_n proper_a and_o to_o provide_v for_o all_o their_o necessity_n entertain_v with_o such_o abundance_n matter_n of_o religion_n and_o that_o which_o concern_v their_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o art_n and_o office_n which_o the_o indian_n do_v exercise_v chap._n 16._o the_o indian_n of_o peru_n have_v one_o perfection_n which_o be_v to_o teach_v their_o young_a child_n all_o art_n and_o occupation_n necessary_a for_o the_o life_n of_o man_n for_o that_o there_o be_v no_o particular_a tradesman_n as_o amongst_o we_o tailor_n shoemaker_n weaver_n and_o the_o rest_n but_o every_o one_o learn_v what_o be_v needful_a for_o their_o person_n and_o house_n and_o provide_v for_o themselves_o all_o can_v weave_v and_o make_v their_o garment_n and_o therefore_o the_o ingua_fw-la furnish_v they_o with_o wool_n give_v they_o clothes_n every_o man_n can_v till_o the_o ground_n and_o put_v it_o to_o profit_n without_o hire_v of_o any_o labourer_n all_o build_v their_o own_o house_n and_o the_o woman_n understand_v most_o they_o be_v not_o breed_v up_o in_o delight_n but_o serve_v their_o husband_n careful_o other_o art_n and_o trade_n which_o be_v not_o ordinary_a and_o common_a for_o the_o life_n of_o man_n have_v their_o proper_a company_n and_o workman_n as_o goldsmith_n painter_n potter_n waterman_n and_o player_n of_o instrument_n there_o be_v also_o weaver_n and_o workman_n for_o exquisite_a work_n which_o the_o nobleman_n use_v but_o the_o common_a people_n as_o have_v be_v say_v have_v in_o their_o house_n all_o thing_n necessary_a have_v no_o need_n to_o buy_v this_o continue_v to_o this_o day_n so_o as_o they_o have_v no_o need_n one_o of_o another_o for_o thing_n necessary_a touch_v his_o person_n and_o family_n as_o shoe_n and_o garment_n and_o for_o their_o house_n to_o sow_v and_o reap_v and_o to_o make_v iron_n work_v and_o necessary_a instrument_n the_o indian_n herein_o do_v imitate_v the_o institution_n of_o the_o less_o ancient_a whereof_o be_v entreat_v in_o the_o life_n of_o the_o father_n in_o truth_n it_o be_v a_o people_n not_o great_o covetous_a nor_o curious_a so_o as_o they_o be_v content_v to_o pass_v their_o time_n quiet_o and_o without_o doubt_n if_o they_o make_v choice_n of_o this_o manner_n of_o life_n by_o election_n and_o not_o by_o custom_n or_o nature_n we_o may_v say_v that_o it_o be_v a_o life_n of_o great_a perfection_n be_v apt_a to_o receive_v the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o holy_a gospel_n so_o contrary_a a_o enemy_n to_o pride_n covetousness_n and_o delight_n but_o the_o preacher_n give_v not_o always_o good_a example_n according_a to_o the_o doctrine_n they_o preach_v to_o the_o indian_n it_o be_v worthy_a observation_n although_o the_o indian_n be_v simple_a in_o their_o manner_n and_o habit_n yet_o do_v we_o see_v great_a diversity_n amongst_o the_o province_n especial_o in_o the_o attire_n of_o their_o head_n for_o in_o some_o place_n they_o carry_v a_o long_a piece_n of_o cloth_n which_o go_v often_o about_o in_o some_o place_n a_o large_a piece_n of_o cloth_n which_o go_v but_o once_o about_o in_o some_o part_n as_o it_o be_v little_a mortar_n or_o hat_n in_o some_o other_o as_o it_o be_v high_a and_o round_a bonnet_n &_o some_o like_o the_o bottom_n of_o sack_n with_o a_o thousand_o other_o difference_n they_o have_v a_o straight_a and_o inviolable_a law_n that_o no_o man_n may_v change_v the_o fashion_n of_o the_o garment_n of_o his_o province_n although_o he_o go_v to_o live_v in_o another_o this_o the_o ingua_n hold_v to_o be_v of_o great_a importance_n for_o the_o order_n and_o good_a government_n of_o his_o realm_n and_o they_o do_v observe_v it_o to_o this_o day_n though_o not_o with_o so_o great_a a_o care_n as_o they_o be_v accustom_v of_o the_o post_n and_o chasquis_fw-la the_o indian_n do_v use_v chap._n 17._o there_o be_v many_o post_n and_o courier_n which_o the_o ingua_n mainten_v throughout_o his_o realm_n who_o they_o call_v chasquis_fw-la and_o they_o carry_v commandment_n to_o the_o governor_n and_o return_v their_o advice_n and_o advertisement_n to_o the_o court_n these_o chasquis_fw-la be_v place_v at_o every_o course_n which_o be_v a_o league_n and_o a_o half_a one_o from_o a_o other_o in_o two_o small_a house_n where_o be_v four_o indian_n of_o every_o country_n and_o they_o be_v change_v monthly_o have_v receive_v the_o packet_n or_o message_n they_o run_v with_o all_o their_o force_n until_o they_o have_v deliver_v it_o to_o the_o other_o chasquis_fw-la such_o as_o be_v to_o run_v be_v ready_a and_o watchful_a they_o run_v fifty_o league_n in_o a_o day_n and_o night_n although_o the_o great_a part_n of_o that_o country_n be_v very_o rough_a they_o serve_v also_o to_o carry_v such_o thing_n as_o the_o ingua_n desire_v to_o have_v with_o speed_n therefore_o they_o have_v always_o sea-fish_n in_o cusco_n of_o two_o day_n old_a or_o little_a more_o although_o it_o be_v above_o a_o hundred_o league_n off_o since_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v they_o have_v use_v of_o these_o chasquis_fw-la in_o time_n of_o sedition_n whereof_o there_o be_v great_a need_n don_n martin_n the_o viceroy_n appoint_v ordinary_a post_n at_o every_o four_o league_n to_o carry_v and_o recarry_v dispatch_n which_o be_v very_o necessary_a in_o this_o realm_n though_o they_o run_v not_o so_o swift_o as_o the_o ancients_n do_v neither_o be_v there_o so_o many_o yet_o they_o be_v well_o pay_v and_o serve_v as_o the_o ordinary_n of_o spain_n to_o who_o they_o give_v letter_n which_o they_o carry_v four_o or_o five_o league_n of_o the_o justice_n law_n and_o punishment_n which_o the_o inguas_fw-la have_v establish_v and_o of_o their_o marriage_n chap._n 18._o even_o as_o such_o as_o have_v do_v any_o good_a service_n in_o war_n or_o in_o the_o government_n of_o the_o commonweal_n be_v honour_v and_o recompense_v with_o public_a charge_n with_o land_n give_v they_o
realm_n take_v the_o government_n from_o his_o father_n and_o brother_n then_o afterwards_o he_o conquer_v and_o overthrow_v the_o changuas_fw-la and_o from_o that_o time_n command_v that_o viracocha_n shall_v be_v hold_v for_o universal_a lord_n and_o that_o the_o image_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o thunder_n shall_v do_v he_o reverence_n and_o honour_n and_o from_o that_o time_n they_o begin_v to_o set_v the_o image_n of_o viracocha_n above_o that_o of_o the_o sun_n and_o thunder_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o guaca_n and_o although_o this_o ingua_fw-la yupangui_fw-la have_v give_v farm_n land_n and_o cattle_n to_o the_o sun_n thunder_n and_o other_o guaca_n yet_o do_v he_o not_o dedicate_v any_o thing_n to_o viracocha_n say_v that_o he_o have_v no_o need_n be_v universal_a lord_n and_o creator_n of_o all_o thing_n he_o inform_v his_o soldier_n after_o this_o absolute_a victory_n of_o the_o changuas_fw-la that_o it_o be_v not_o they_o alone_a that_o have_v conquer_v they_o but_o certain_a beard_a man_n who_o viracocha_n have_v send_v he_o and_o that_o no_o man_n may_v see_v they_o but_o himself_o which_o be_v since_o convert_v into_o stone_n it_o be_v therefore_o necessary_a to_o seek_v they_o out_o who_o he_o will_v know_v well_o by_o this_o mean_n he_o gather_v together_o a_o multitude_n of_o stone_n in_o the_o mountain_n whereof_o he_o make_v choice_n place_v they_o for_o guacas_n or_o idol_n they_o worship_v and_o sacrifice_v unto_o they_o call_v they_o pâ—ruraucas_n and_o carry_v they_o to_o the_o war_n with_o great_a devotion_n believe_v for_o certain_a that_o they_o have_v get_v the_o victory_n by_o their_o help_n the_o imagination_n and_o fiction_n of_o this_o ingua_n be_v of_o such_o force_n that_o by_o the_o mean_n thereof_o he_o obtain_v goodly_a victory_n he_o found_v the_o family_n call_v yuacapanaca_n and_o make_v a_o great_a image_n of_o gold_n which_o he_o call_v indijllapa_n which_o he_o place_v in_o a_o brancard_a of_o gold_n very_o rich_a and_o of_o great_a price_n of_o the_o which_o gold_n the_o indian_n take_v great_a store_n to_o carry_v to_o xaxamalca_n for_o the_o liberty_n and_o ransom_n of_o atahulpa_fw-la when_o the_o marquis_n francis_n pizarre_o hold_v he_o prisoner_n the_o licentiate_a polo_n find_v in_o his_o house_n in_o cusco_n his_o servant_n and_o mamacomas_n which_o do_v service_n to_o his_o memory_n and_o find_v that_o the_o body_n have_v be_v transport_v from_o patallacta_n to_o totocache_n where_o the_o spaniard_n have_v since_o found_v the_o parish_n of_o saint_n blaise_n this_o body_n be_v so_o whole_a and_o preserve_v with_o a_o certain_a rosin_n that_o it_o seem_v alive_a he_o have_v his_o eye_n make_v of_o a_o fine_a cloth_n of_o gold_n so_o artificial_o set_v as_o they_o seem_v very_o natural_a eye_n he_o have_v a_o blow_n with_o a_o stone_n on_o the_o head_n which_o he_o have_v receive_v in_o the_o war_n he_o be_v all_o grey_a and_o hairy_a have_v lose_v no_o more_o hair_n than_o if_o he_o have_v die_v but_o the_o same_o day_n although_o it_o be_v seaventy_n and_o eight_o year_n since_o his_o decease_n the_o foresay_a polo_n send_v this_o body_n with_o some_o other_o of_o the_o inguas_fw-la to_o the_o city_n of_o lima_n by_o the_o viceroy_n command_v which_o be_v the_o marquis_n of_o canette_n and_o the_o which_o be_v very_o necessary_a to_o root_v out_o the_o idolatry_n of_o cusco_n many_o spaniard_n have_v see_v this_o body_n with_o other_o in_o the_o hospital_n of_o saint_n andrew_n which_o the_o marquis_n build_v but_o they_o be_v much_o decay_v don_n philip_n caritopa_fw-mi who_o be_v grandchild_n or_o great_a grandchild_n to_o this_o ingua_n affirm_v that_o the_o treasure_n he_o leave_v to_o his_o family_n be_v great_a which_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o power_n of_o the_o yanaconas_n amaro_n toto_fw-la and_o other_o to_o this_o ingua_n succeed_v topaingua_fw-la yupangui_fw-la to_o who_o his_o son_n of_o the_o same_o name_n succeed_v who_o found_v the_o family_n call_v cupac_n aillo_n of_o the_o great_a and_o most_o famous_a ingua_n call_v guaynacapa_n chap._n 22._o to_o this_o latter_a ingua_n succeed_v guaynacapa_n which_o be_v to_o say_v a_o young_a man_n rich_a and_o valiant_a and_o so_o be_v he_o in_o truth_n more_o than_o any_o of_o his_o predecessor_n or_o successor_n he_o be_v very_o wise_a plant_v good_a order_n throughout_o his_o whole_a realm_n he_o be_v a_o bold_a and_o resolute_a man_n valiant_a and_o very_o happy_a in_o war_n he_o therefore_o obtain_v great_a victory_n and_o extend_v his_o dominion_n much_o far_o than_o all_o his_o predecessor_n have_v do_v before_o he_o he_o die_v in_o the_o realm_n of_o quitto_n the_o which_o he_o have_v conquer_v four_o hundred_o league_n distant_a from_o his_o court_n the_o indian_n open_v he_o after_o his_o decease_n leave_v his_o heart_n and_o entrails_n in_o quitto_n the_o body_n be_v carry_v to_o cusco_n the_o which_o be_v place_v in_o the_o renown_a temple_n of_o the_o sun_n we_o see_v yet_o to_o this_o day_n many_o cawsey_n building_n fortress_n and_o notable_a work_n of_o this_o king_n he_o found_v the_o family_n of_o teme_n bamba_n this_o guaynacapa_n be_v worship_v of_o his_o subject_n for_o a_o god_n be_v yet_o alive_a as_o the_o old_a man_n affirm_v which_o be_v not_o do_v to_o any_o of_o his_o predecèssour_n when_o he_o die_v they_o slay_v a_o thousand_o person_n of_o his_o household_n to_o serve_v he_o in_o the_o other_o life_n all_o which_o die_v willing_o for_o his_o service_n insomuch_o that_o many_o of_o they_o offer_v themselves_o to_o death_n beside_o such_o as_o be_v appoint_v his_o riches_n and_o treasure_n be_v admirable_a and_o forasmuch_o as_o the_o spaniard_n enter_v soon_o after_o his_o death_n the_o indian_n labour_v much_o to_o conceal_v all_o although_o a_o great_a part_n thereof_o be_v carry_v to_o xaxamalca_n for_o the_o ransom_n of_o atahulpa_fw-la his_o son_n some_o worthy_a of_o credit_n affirm_v that_o he_o have_v above_o three_o hundred_o son_n and_o grandchild_n in_o cusco_n his_o mother_n call_v mamaoella_n be_v much_o esteem_v among_o they_o polo_n send_v her_o body_n with_o that_o of_o guaynacapa_n very_o well_o imbalm_v to_o lima_n root_a out_o infinite_a idolatry_n to_o guaynacapa_n succeed_v in_o cusco_n a_o son_n of_o his_o call_a titocussigualpa_n who_o since_o be_v call_v guaspar_n ingua_n his_o body_n be_v burn_v by_o the_o captain_n of_o atahulpa_fw-la who_o be_v likewise_o son_n to_o guaynacapa_n and_o rebel_v in_o quitto_n against_o his_o brother_n march_v against_o he_o with_o a_o mighty_a army_n it_o happen_v that_o quisquit_v and_o chilicuchi_n captain_n to_o atahulpa_fw-la take_v guaspar_n ingua_n in_o the_o city_n of_o cusco_n be_v receive_v for_o lord_n and_o king_n for_o that_o he_o be_v the_o lawful_a successor_n which_o cause_v great_a sorrow_n throughout_o all_o his_o kingdom_n especial_o in_o his_o court._n and_o as_o always_o in_o their_o necessity_n they_o have_v recourse_n to_o sacrifice_n find_v themselves_o unable_a to_o set_v their_o lord_n at_o liberty_n as_o well_o for_o the_o great_a power_n the_o captain_n have_v that_o take_v he_o as_o also_o for_o the_o great_a army_n that_o come_v with_o atahulpa_fw-la they_o resolve_v some_o say_v by_o the_o commandment_n of_o this_o ingua_n to_o make_v a_o great_a and_o solemn_a sacrifice_n to_o viracocha_n pachayachachic_a which_o signify_v universal_a creator_n desire_v he_o that_o since_o they_o can_v not_o deliver_v their_o lord_n he_o will_v send_v man_n from_o heaven_n to_o deliver_v he_o from_o prison_n and_o as_o they_o be_v in_o this_o great_a hope_n upon_o their_o sacrifice_n news_n come_v to_o they_o that_o a_o certain_a people_n come_v by_o sea_n be_v land_v and_o have_v take_v atahulpa_fw-la prisoner_n hereupon_o they_o call_v the_o spaniard_n viracochas_n believe_v they_o be_v man_n send_v from_o god_n as_o well_o for_o the_o small_a number_n they_o be_v to_o take_v atahulpa_fw-la in_o xaxamalca_n as_o also_o for_o that_o it_o chance_v after_o their_o sacrifice_n do_v to_o viracocha_n and_o thereby_o they_o begin_v to_o call_v the_o spaniard_n viracochas_n as_o they_o do_v at_o this_o day_n and_o in_o truth_n if_o we_o have_v give_v they_o good_a example_n and_o such_o as_o we_o ought_v these_o indian_n have_v well_o apply_v it_o in_o say_v they_o be_v man_n send_v from_o god_n it_o be_v a_o thing_n very_o well_o worthy_a of_o consideration_n how_o the_o greatness_n and_o providence_n of_o god_n dispose_v of_o the_o entry_n of_o our_o man_n at_o peru_n which_o have_v be_v impossible_a be_v not_o the_o dissension_n of_o the_o two_o brethren_n and_o their_o partisan_n and_o the_o great_a opinion_n they_o have_v of_o christian_n as_o of_o man_n send_v from_o heaven_n bind_v by_o the_o take_n of_o the_o indian_n country_n to_o labour_v to_o win_v soul_n unto_o almighty_a god_n of_o the_o
be_v those_o they_o do_v call_v tlacatecati_fw-la which_o be_v to_o say_v circumciser_n or_o cutter_n of_o man_n the_o three_o dignity_n be_v of_o those_o which_o they_o call_v ezuahuacalt_v which_o signify_v a_o sheader_n of_o blood_n all_o the_o which_o title_n and_o dignity_n be_v exercise_v by_o man_n of_o war_n there_o be_v another_o a_o four_o entitle_v tlilancalqui_n which_o be_v as_o much_o to_o say_v as_o lord_n of_o the_o black_a house_n or_o of_o darkness_n by_o reason_n of_o certain_a ink_n wherewith_o the_o priest_n anoint_v themselves_o and_o do_v serve_v in_o their_o idolatry_n all_o these_o four_o dignity_n be_v of_o the_o great_a counsel_n without_o who_o advice_n the_o king_n may_v not_o do_v any_o thing_n of_o importance_n and_o the_o king_n be_v dead_a they_o be_v to_o choose_v another_o in_o his_o place_n out_o of_o one_o of_o those_o four_o dignity_n beside_o these_o there_o be_v other_o counsel_n and_o audience_n and_o some_o say_v there_o be_v as_o many_o as_o in_o spain_n and_o that_o there_o be_v divers_a seat_n and_o jurisdiction_n with_o their_o counsellor_n and_o judge_n of_o the_o court_n and_o oâ—hers_n that_o be_v under_o they_o as_o corrigidor_n chief_a judge_n captain_n of_o justice_n lieutenant_n and_o other_o which_o be_v yet_o inferior_a to_o these_o with_o a_o very_a goodly_a order_n all_o which_o depend_v on_o the_o four_o first_o prince_n that_o assist_v the_o king_n these_o four_o only_o have_v authority_n and_o power_n to_o condemn_v to_o death_n and_o the_o rest_n send_v they_o instruction_n of_o the_o sentence_n they_o have_v give_v by_o mean_n whereof_o they_o give_v the_o king_n to_o understand_v what_o have_v pass_v in_o his_o realm_n there_o be_v a_o good_a order_n and_o settle_a policy_n for_o the_o revenue_n of_o the_o crown_n for_o there_o be_v officer_n divide_v throughout_o all_o the_o province_n as_o receiver_n and_o treasurer_n which_o receive_v the_o tribute_n and_o royal_a revenue_n and_o they_o carry_v the_o tribute_n to_o the_o court_n at_o the_o least_o every_o month_n which_o tribute_n be_v of_o all_o thing_n that_o do_v grow_v or_o engender_v on_o the_o land_n or_o in_o the_o water_n aswell_o of_o jewel_n and_o apparel_n as_o of_o mear_v they_o be_v very_o careful_a for_o the_o well_o order_v of_o that_o which_o concern_v their_o religion_n superstition_n and_o idolatry_n and_o for_o this_o occasion_n there_o be_v a_o great_a number_n of_o minister_n to_o who_o charge_n be_v give_v to_o teach_v the_o people_n the_o custom_n and_o ceremony_n of_o their_o law_n hereupon_o one_o day_n a_o christian_n priest_n make_v his_o complaint_n that_o the_o indian_n be_v no_o good_a christian_n and_o do_v not_o profit_n in_o the_o law_n of_o god_n a_o old_a indian_a answer_v he_o very_o well_o to_o the_o purpose_n in_o these_o term_n let_v the_o priest_n say_v he_o employ_v as_o much_o care_n and_o diligence_n to_o make_v the_o indian_n christian_n as_o the_o minister_n of_o idol_n do_v to_o teach_v they_o their_o ceremony_n for_o with_o half_a that_o care_n they_o will_v make_v we_o the_o best_a christian_n in_o the_o world_n for_o that_o the_o law_n of_o jesus_n christ_n be_v much_o better_o but_o the_o indian_n learn_v it_o not_o for_o want_v of_o man_n to_o instruct_v they_o wherein_o he_o speak_v the_o very_a truth_n to_o our_o great_a shame_n and_o confusion_n how_o the_o mexicaines_n make_v war_n and_o of_o their_o order_n of_o knighthood_n chap._n 26._o the_o mexicaines_n give_v the_o first_o place_n of_o honour_n to_o the_o profession_n of_o arm_n and_o therefore_o the_o nobleman_n be_v their_o chief_a soldier_n and_o other_o that_o be_v not_o noble_a by_o their_o valour_n and_o reputation_n get_v in_o war_n come_v to_o dignity_n and_o honour_n so_o as_o they_o be_v hold_v for_o nobleman_n they_o give_v goodly_a recompense_n to_o such_o as_o have_v do_v valiant_o who_o enjoy_v priviledgeâ—_n that_o none_o else_o may_v have_v the_o which_o do_v much_o encourage_v they_o their_o arm_n be_v of_o razor_n of_o sharp_a cut_a flint_n which_o they_o set_v on_o either_o side_n of_o a_o staff_n which_o be_v so_o furious_a a_o weapon_n as_o they_o affirm_v that_o with_o one_o blow_n they_o will_v cut_v off_o the_o neck_n of_o a_o horse_n they_o have_v strange_a and_o heavy_a club_n lance_n fashion_v like_o pike_n and_o other_o manner_n of_o dart_n to_o cast_v wherein_o they_o be_v very_o expert_a but_o the_o great_a part_n of_o their_o combat_n be_v perform_v with_o stone_n for_o defensive_a arm_n they_o have_v little_a rondache_n or_o target_n and_o some_o kind_n of_o morion_n or_o head-piece_n environ_v with_o feather_n they_o be_v clad_v in_o the_o skin_n of_o tiger_n lion_n and_o other_o savage_a beast_n they_o come_v present_o to_o hand_n with_o the_o enemy_n and_o be_v great_o practise_v to_o run_v and_o wrestle_v for_o their_o chief_a manner_n of_o combat_n be_v not_o so_o much_o to_o kill_v as_o to_o take_v captive_n the_o which_o they_o use_v in_o their_o sacrifice_n as_o have_v be_v say_v moteçuma_n set_v knighthood_n in_o his_o high_a splendour_n ordain_v certain_a military_a order_n as_o commander_n with_o certain_a mark_n and_o ensign_n the_o most_o honourable_a amongst_o the_o knight_n be_v those_o that_o carry_v the_o crown_n of_o their_o hair_n tie_v with_o a_o little_a red_a ribbon_n have_v a_o rich_a plume_n of_o feather_n from_o the_o which_o do_v hang_v branch_n of_o feather_n upon_o their_o shoulder_n &_o roll_n of_o the_o same_o they_o carry_v so_o many_o of_o these_o roll_n as_o they_o have_v do_v worthy_a deed_n in_o war_n the_o king_n himself_o be_v of_o this_o order_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o chapultepec_n where_o moteçuma_n and_o his_o son_n be_v attire_v with_o those_o kind_n of_o feather_n cut_v in_o the_o rock_n the_o which_o be_v worthy_a the_o sight_n there_o be_v another_o order_n of_o knighthood_n which_o they_o call_v the_o lion_n and_o the_o tiger_n the_o which_o be_v common_o the_o most_o valiant_a and_o most_o note_a in_o war_n they_o go_v always_o with_o their_o mark_n and_o armoury_n there_o be_v other_o knight_n as_o the_o grey_a knight_n the_o which_o be_v not_o so_o much_o respect_v as_o the_o rest_n they_o have_v their_o hair_n cut_v round_o about_o the_o ear_n they_o go_v to_o the_o war_n with_o mark_n like_v to_o the_o other_o knight_n yet_o they_o be_v not_o arm_v but_o to_o the_o girdle_n and_o the_o most_o honourable_a be_v arm_v all_o over_o all_o knight_n may_v carry_v gold_n and_o silver_n and_o wear_v rich_a cotton_n use_v paint_v and_o gild_a vessel_n and_o carry_v shoe_n after_o their_o manner_n but_o the_o common_a people_n may_v use_v none_o but_o earthen_a vessel_n neither_o may_v they_o carry_v shoe_n nor_o attire_n themselves_o but_o in_o nequen_n the_o which_o be_v a_o gross_a stuff_n every_o order_n of_o these_o knight_n have_v his_o lodging_n in_o the_o palace_n note_v with_o their_o mark_n the_o first_o be_v call_v the_o prince_n lodging_n the_o second_o of_o eagle_n the_o three_o of_o lion_n and_o tiger_n and_o the_o four_o of_o the_o grey_a knight_n the_o other_o common_a officer_n be_v lodge_v underneath_o in_o mean_a lodging_n if_o any_o one_o lodge_v out_o of_o his_o place_n he_o suffer_v death_n of_o the_o great_a order_n and_o diligence_n the_o mexicaines_n use_v to_o instruct_v their_o youth_n chap._n 27._o there_o be_v nothing_o that_o give_v i_o more_o cause_n to_o admire_v nor_o that_o i_o find_v more_o worthy_a of_o commendation_n and_o memory_n than_o the_o order_n and_o care_v the_o mexicaines_n have_v to_o nourish_v their_o youth_n for_o they_o know_v well_o that_o all_o the_o good_a hope_n of_o a_o commonweal_n consist_v in_o the_o nurture_n and_o institution_n of_o youth_n whereof_o plato_n treat_v ample_o in_o his_o book_n de_fw-fr legibus_fw-la and_o for_o this_o reason_n they_o labour_v and_o take_v pain_n to_o sequester_v their_o child_n from_o delight_n and_o liberty_n which_o be_v the_o two_o plague_n of_o this_o age_n employ_v they_o in_o honest_a and_o profitable_a exercise_n for_o this_o cause_n there_o be_v in_o their_o temple_n a_o private_a house_n for_o childeren_n as_o school_n or_o college_n which_o be_v separate_v from_o that_o of_o the_o young_a man_n and_o maid_n of_o the_o temple_n whereof_o we_o have_v discourse_v at_o largee_n there_o be_v in_o these_o school_n a_o great_a number_n of_o child_n who_o their_o father_n do_v willing_o bring_v thither_o and_o which_o have_v teacher_n and_o master_n to_o instruct_v they_o in_o all_o commendable_a exercise_n to_o be_v of_o good_a behaviour_n to_o respect_v their_o superior_n to_o serve_v and_o obey_v they_o give_v they_o to_o this_o end_n certain_a precept_n and_o instruction_n and_o to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v be_v please_v to_o nobleman_n
aid_v himself_o with_o his_o best_a judgement_n be_v thereunto_o bind_v by_o the_o duty_n and_o charge_n of_o a_o king_n who_o will_v likewise_o believe_v that_o the_o great_a courage_n which_o thou_o have_v always_o valiant_o show_v in_o matter_n of_o importance_n shall_v now_o fail_v thou_o in_o matter_n of_o great_a need_n who_o will_v not_o persuade_v himself_o but_o the_o mexicane_a empire_n be_v come_v to_o the_o height_n of_o their_o sovereignty_n see_v the_o lord_n of_o thing_n create_v have_v impart_v so_o great_a grace_n unto_o thou_o that_o with_o thy_o look_n only_o thou_o breede_v admiration_n in_o they_o that_o behold_v thou_o rejoice_v then_o o_o happy_a land_n to_o who_o the_o creator_n have_v give_v a_o prince_n as_o a_o firm_a pillar_n to_o support_v thou_o which_o shall_v be_v thy_o father_n and_o thy_o defence_n by_o who_o thou_o shall_v be_v succour_v at_o need_n who_o will_v be_v more_o than_o a_o brother_n to_o his_o subject_n for_o his_o piety_n and_o clemency_n thou_o have_v a_o king_n who_o iâ—_n regard_v of_o his_o estate_n be_v not_o incline_v to_o delight_n or_o will_v lie_v stretch_v out_o upon_o his_o bed_n occupy_v in_o pleasure_n and_o vice_n but_o contrariwise_o in_o the_o midst_n of_o his_o sweet_a and_o pleasant_a sleep_n he_o will_v sudden_o awake_v for_o the_o care_n he_o must_v have_v over_o thou_o and_o will_v not_o feel_v the_o taste_n of_o the_o most_o savoury_a â—eates_v have_v his_o spirit_n transport_v with_o the_o imagination_n of_o thy_o good_a tell_v i_o then_o o_o happy_a realm_n if_o i_o have_v not_o reason_n to_o say_v that_o 〈◊〉_d ought_v rejoice_v have_v find_v such_o a_o king_n and_o thinkable_a young_a man_n and_o our_o most_o mighty_a lord_n be_v confident_a and_o of_o â—_o good_a courage_n that_o see_v the_o lord_n of_o thing_n create_v have_v give_v thou_o this_o charge_n he_o will_v also_o give_v thou_o forâ—â—_n and_o courage_n to_o manage_v it_o and_o thou_o may_v well_o hope_v thâ—â—_n he_o which_o in_o time_n past_a have_v use_v so_o great_a bounty_n towards_o thou_o will_v not_o now_o deny_v thou_o his_o great_a gift_n see_v he_o have_v give_v thou_o so_o great_a a_o charge_n which_o i_o wish_v thou_o to_o enjoy_v maâ—â—_n year_n king_n moteçuma_n be_v very_o attentive_a to_o this_o discourse_n which_o be_v end_v they_o say_v he_o be_v so_o trouble_v that_o endeavour_v thrice_o to_o answer_v he_o he_o can_v not_o speak_v be_v overcome_v with_o tear_n which_o joy_n and_o content_n do_v usual_o cause_v in_o sign_n of_o great_a humility_n in_o the_o end_n be_v come_v to_o himself_o he_o speak_v brieâ—ly_o i_o be_v too_o blind_a good_a king_n of_o tescuco_n if_o i_o do_v not_o know_v that_o what_o thou_o have_v speak_v unto_o i_o proceed_v of_o mere_a favour_n it_o please_v you_o to_o show_v i_o see_v among_o so_o mâ—nie_v noble_a &_o valiant_a man_n within_o this_o realm_n you_o have_v make_v châ—â—â—â—_n of_o the_o leâ—st_o sufficient_a and_o in_o truth_n i_o find_v myself_o so_o incapable_a of_o a_o charge_n of_o so_o great_a importance_n that_o i_o know_v not_o what_o to_o do_v but_o to_o beseech_v the_o creator_n of_o all_o create_a thing_n that_o he_o will_v favour_v i_o and_o i_o entreat_v you_o all_o to_o pray_v unto_o he_o for_o i_o these_o word_n utter_v he_o begin_v again_o to_o weep_v how_o moteçuma_n order_v the_o service_n of_o his_o house_n and_o of_o the_o war_n he_o make_v for_o his_o coronation_n cha._n 21_o he_o that_o in_o his_o election_n make_v such_o show_n of_o humility_n and_o mildness_n see_v himself_o king_n begin_v present_o to_o discover_v his_o aspire_a thought_n the_o first_o be_v he_o command_v that_o no_o plebeian_n shall_v serve_v in_o his_o house_n nor_o bear_v any_o royal_a office_n as_o his_o predecesfour_n have_v use_v till_o then_o blame_v they_o that_o will_v be_v serve_v by_o man_n of_o base_a condition_n command_v that_o all_o the_o noble_a and_o most_o famous_a man_n of_o his_o realm_n shall_v live_v within_o his_o palace_n and_o exercise_v the_o office_n of_o his_o court_n and_o house_n whereunto_o a_o old_a man_n of_o great_a authority_n who_o have_v sometime_o be_v his_o schoolmaster_n oppose_v himself_o advise_v he_o to_o be_v careful_a what_o he_o do_v and_o not_o to_o thrust_v himself_o into_o the_o danger_n of_o a_o great_a inconvenience_n in_o separate_v himself_o from_o the_o vulgar_a and_o common_a people_n so_o as_o they_o shall_v not_o dare_v to_o look_v he_o in_o the_o face_n see_v themselves_o so_o reject_v by_o he_o he_o answer_v that_o it_o be_v his_o resolution_n and_o that_o he_o will_v not_o allow_v the_o plebeian_n to_o go_v thus_o mingle_v among_o the_o noble_n as_o they_o have_v do_v one_o say_v that_o the_o service_n they_o do_v be_v according_a to_o their_o condition_n so_o as_o the_o king_n get_v no_o reputation_n and_o thus_o he_o continue_v firm_a in_o his_o resolution_n he_o present_o command_v his_o counsel_n to_o dismiss_v all_o the_o plebeians_n from_o their_o charge_n and_o office_n as_o well_o those_o of_o his_o household_n as_o of_o his_o court_n and_o to_o provide_v knight_n the_o which_o be_v do_v after_o he_o go_v in_o person_n to_o a_o enterprise_n necessary_a for_o his_o coronation_n at_o that_o time_n a_o province_n lie_v far_o off_o towards_o the_o north_n ocean_n be_v revolt_v from_o the_o crown_n whether_o he_o lead_v the_o flower_n of_o his_o people_n well_o appoint_v there_o he_o war_v with_o such_o valour_n and_o dexterity_n that_o in_o the_o end_n he_o subdue_v all_o the_o province_n and_o punish_v the_o rebel_n severe_o return_v with_o a_o great_a number_n of_o captive_n for_o the_o sacrifice_n and_o many_o other_o spoil_n all_o the_o city_n make_v he_o solemn_a reception_n at_o his_o return_n and_o the_o lord_n thereof_o give_v he_o water_n to_o wash_v perform_v the_o office_n of_o servant_n a_o thing_n not_o use_v by_o any_o of_o his_o predecessor_n such_o be_v the_o fear_n and_o respect_n they_o bear_v he_o in_o mexico_n they_o make_v the_o feast_n of_o his_o coronation_n with_o great_a preparation_n of_o dance_n comedy_n banquet_n light_n and_o other_o invention_n for_o many_o day_n and_o there_o come_v so_o great_a a_o wealth_n of_o tribute_n from_o all_o his_o country_n that_o stranger_n unknown_a come_v to_o mexico_n and_o their_o very_a enemy_n resort_v in_o great_a number_n disguise_v to_o see_v these_o feast_n as_o those_o of_o tlascalla_n and_o mechovacan_a the_o which_o moteçuma_n have_v discover_v he_o command_v they_o shall_v be_v lodge_v and_o gentle_o entreat_v and_o honour_v as_o his_o own_o person_n he_o also_o make_v they_o goodly_a gallery_n like_v unto_o his_o own_o where_o they_o may_v see_v and_o behold_v the_o feast_n so_o they_o enter_v by_o night_n to_o those_o feast_n as_o the_o king_n himself_o make_v their_o sport_n and_o mask_n and_o for_o that_o i_o have_v make_v mention_n of_o these_o province_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v from_o the_o purpose_n to_o understand_v that_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o mechovacan_a tlascalla_n and_o tapeaca_n will_v never_o yield_v to_o the_o mexican_n but_o do_v always_o fight_v valiant_o against_o they_o yea_o sometime_o the_o mechovacans_n do_v vanquish_v the_o mexican_n as_o also_o those_o of_o tapeaca_n do_v in_o which_o place_n the_o marquis_n don_n ferrand_n cortes_n after_o that_o he_o and_o the_o spaniard_n be_v expel_v mexico_n pretend_v to_o build_v their_o first_o city_n the_o which_o he_o call_v as_o i_o well_o remember_v segura_n de_fw-fr la_fw-fr frontiere_a but_o this_o people_n continue_v little_a for_o have_v afterward_o reconquer_v mexico_n all_o the_o spaniard_n go_v to_o inhabit_v there_o to_o conclude_v those_o of_o tapeaca_n tlascalla_n and_o mechovacan_a have_v be_v always_o enemy_n to_o the_o mexican_n although_o motoçuma_n say_v unto_o cortes_n that_o he_o do_v purposesy_n forbear_v to_o subdue_v they_o to_o have_v occasion_n to_o exercise_v his_o man_n of_o war_n and_o to_o take_v number_n of_o captive_n of_o the_o behaviour_n and_o greatness_n of_o moteçuma_n chap._n 22._o this_o king_n labour_v to_o be_v respect_v yea_o to_o be_v worship_v as_o a_o god_n no_o plebeian_n may_v look_v he_o in_o the_o face_n if_o he_o do_v he_o be_v punish_v with_o death_n he_o do_v never_o set_v his_o foot_n on_o the_o ground_n but_o be_v always_o carry_v on_o the_o shoulder_n of_o nobleman_n and_o if_o he_o light_v they_o lay_v rich_a tapestry_n whereon_o he_o do_v go_v when_o he_o make_v any_o voyage_n he_o and_o the_o nobleman_n go_v as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o park_n compass_v in_o for_o the_o nonce_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n go_v without_o the_o park_n environ_v it_o in_o on_o every_o side_n he_o never_o put_v on_o a_o garment_n twice_o nor_o do_v eat_v or_o drink_v in_o one_o vessel_n
land_n and_o habitation_n some_o people_n the_o land_n they_o find_v and_o other_o seek_v for_o new_a in_o time_n they_o come_v to_o inhabit_v and_o people_n the_o indies_n with_o so_o many_o nation_n people_n and_o tongue_n as_o we_o see_v by_o what_o mean_v tame_a beast_n pass_v to_o the_o indies_n chap._n 21._o the_o sign_n and_o argument_n which_o offer_v themselves_o to_o such_o as_o be_v curious_a to_o examine_v the_o indian_n manner_n and_o fashion_n help_v much_o to_o maintain_v the_o foresay_a opinion_n for_o that_o you_o shall_v not_o find_v any_o inhabit_v the_o land_n that_o be_v far_o from_o the_o main_a land_n or_o from_o other_o land_n as_o the_o bermudes_n the_o reason_n whereof_o be_v for_o that_o the_o ancient_n do_v never_o sail_v but_o alongst_o the_o coast_n and_o in_o view_n of_o land_n whereupon_o it_o be_v report_v that_o they_o have_v find_v no_o great_a ship_n in_o any_o part_n of_o the_o indies_n capable_a to_o pass_v such_o gulf_n but_o only_o balsae_fw-la bark_n and_o canoe_n which_o be_v all_o less_o than_o our_o long_a boat_n the_o which_o the_o indian_n do_v only_o use_v with_o the_o which_o they_o can_v not_o run_v through_o so_o great_a a_o passage_n without_o apparent_a danger_n of_o shipwreck_n and_o although_o their_o ship_n have_v be_v sufficient_a yet_o have_v they_o no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o astrolabe_n or_o compass_n if_o then_o they_o have_v be_v but_o eight_o or_o ten_o day_n at_o sea_n withoutsight_n of_o land_n they_o must_v of_o necessity_n loose_v themselves_o have_v no_o knowledge_n where_o they_o be_v we_o know_v many_o island_n well_o people_v with_o indian_n and_o their_o usual_a navigation_n the_o which_o be_v such_o as_o they_o may_v well_o perform_v in_o canoe_n and_o boat_n without_o any_o compass_n to_o sail_v by_o whenas_o the_o indian_n of_o peru_n which_o remain_v at_o tomb_n do_v see_v our_o first_o spanish_a ship_n sail_v to_o peru_n and_o view_v the_o greatness_n of_o their_o sail_n be_v spread_v and_o of_o the_o body_n of_o the_o ship_n they_o stand_v great_o amaze_v not_o be_v able_a to_o persuade_v themselves_o that_o they_o be_v ship_n have_v never_o see_v any_o of_o the_o like_a form_n and_o greatness_n they_o suppose_v they_o have_v be_v rock_n but_o see_v they_o advance_v and_o not_o to_o sink_v they_o stand_v transport_v with_o amazement_n until_o that_o behold_v they_o near_o they_o discover_v man_n with_o beard_n that_o walk_v in_o they_o who_o then_o they_o hold_v for_o some_o god_n or_o heavenly_a creature_n whereby_o it_o appear_v how_o strange_a it_o be_v to_o the_o indian_n to_o have_v great_a ship_n there_o be_v yet_o a_o other_o reason_n which_o confirm_v we_o in_o the_o foresay_a opinion_n which_o be_v that_o these_o beast_n which_o we_o say_v be_v not_o likely_a to_o have_v be_v transport_v by_o sea_n to_o the_o indies_n remain_v only_o on_o the_o main_a land_n and_o not_o in_o any_o land_n four_o day_n journey_n from_o the_o main_a land_n i_o have_v make_v this_o search_n for_o proof_n thereof_o for_o that_o it_o seem_v to_o i_o a_o point_n of_o great_a importance_n to_o confirm_v i_o in_o my_o opinion_n that_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o indies_n europe_n asia_n and_o africa_n have_v some_o communication_n one_o with_o another_o or_o at_o the_o least_o approach_v very_o near_o together_o there_o be_v in_o america_n and_o peru_n many_o wild_a beast_n as_o lion_n although_o they_o be_v not_o like_a in_o greatness_n fierceness_n nor_o of_o the_o same_o colour_n red_a to_o the_o renown_a lion_n of_o africa_n there_o be_v also_o many_o tiger_n very_o cruel_a and_o more_o to_o the_o indian_n then_o to_o the_o spaniard_n there_o be_v likewise_o bear_n but_o in_o no_o great_a abundance_n of_o boar_n and_o fox_n a_o infinite_a number_n and_o yet_o if_o we_o shall_v seek_v for_o all_o these_o kind_n of_o beast_n in_o the_o land_n of_o cuba_n hispaniola_n jamaica_n marguerita_n or_o dominica_n you_o shall_v not_o find_v any_o so_o as_o in_o the_o say_a land_n although_o they_o be_v very_o fertile_a and_o of_o a_o great_a circuit_n yet_o be_v there_o not_o any_o kind_n of_o beast_n for_o service_n when_o the_o spaniard_n arrive_v but_o at_o this_o day_n there_o be_v so_o great_a troop_n of_o horse_n ox_n cow_n dog_n and_o hog_n which_o have_v multiply_v in_o such_o abundance_n as_o now_o the_o cow_n have_v no_o certain_a master_n but_o belong_v to_o he_o that_o shall_v first_o kill_v they_o be_v it_o on_o the_o mountain_n or_o on_o the_o plain_n which_o the_o indian_n do_v only_o to_o save_v their_o hide_n whereof_o they_o make_v great_a traffic_n without_o any_o regard_n of_o the_o flesh_n to_o eat_v it_o dog_n have_v so_o increase_v as_o they_o march_v by_o troop_n and_o endammage_n the_o cattle_n no_o less_o than_o wolf_n which_o be_v a_o great_a inconvenience_n in_o these_o land_n there_o want_v not_o only_a beast_n in_o these_o land_n but_o also_o bird_n both_o great_a and_o small_a as_o for_o parrot_n there_o be_v many_o that_o fly_v by_o flock_n but_o as_o i_o have_v say_v there_o be_v few_o of_o any_o other_o kind_n i_o have_v not_o see_v nor_o hear_v of_o any_o partridge_n there_o as_o in_o peru._n likewise_o there_o be_v few_o of_o those_o beast_n which_o at_o peru_n they_o call_v guancos_fw-la and_o vicunas_n like_v to_o wild_a goat_n very_o swift_a in_o who_o stomach_n they_o find_v the_o beezars_n stone_n which_o many_o do_v great_o value_v sometime_o you_o shall_v find_v they_o as_o big_a as_o a_o hen_n egg_n yea_o half_a as_o big_a again_o they_o have_v no_o other_o kind_n of_o beast_n but_o such_o as_o we_o call_v indian_a sheep_n the_o which_o beside_o their_o wool_n and_o flesh_n wherewith_o they_o clothe_v and_o feed_v themselves_o do_v serve_v they_o as_o ass_n to_o bear_v their_o burden_n they_o carry_v half_a as_o much_o as_o a_o moil_n and_o be_v of_o small_a charge_n to_o their_o master_n have_v need_n neither_o of_o shoe_n saddle_n nor_o oat_n to_o live_v by_o nor_o of_o any_o furniture_n for_o that_o nature_n have_v provide_v they_o of_o all_o these_o wherein_o she_o seem_v to_o have_v favour_v these_o poor_a indian_n of_o all_o these_o creature_n and_o of_o many_o other_o sort_n whereof_o i_o will_v make_v mention_n the_o main_a land_n at_o the_o indies_n abound_v but_o in_o the_o land_n there_o be_v not_o any_o find_v but_o such_o as_o the_o spaniard_n have_v bring_v it_o be_v true_a that_o once_o one_o of_o our_o friar_n do_v see_v a_o tiger_n in_o a_o island_n as_o he_o report_v unto_o we_o upon_o the_o discourse_n of_o his_o peregrination_n and_o shipwreck_n but_o be_v demand_v how_o far_o it_o be_v from_o the_o main_a land_n he_o answer_v six_o or_o eight_o league_n at_o the_o most_o which_o passage_n tiger_n may_v easy_o swim_v over_o we_o may_v easy_o infer_v by_o these_o argument_n and_o other_o like_v that_o the_o first_o indian_n go_v to_o inhabit_v the_o indies_n more_o by_o land_n then_o by_o sea_n or_o if_o there_o be_v any_o navigation_n it_o be_v neither_o great_a nor_o difficult_a be_v a_o indibitable_a thing_n that_o the_o one_o world_n be_v continue_v and_o join_v with_o the_o other_o or_o at_o the_o least_o they_o approach_v one_o near_o unto_o another_o in_o some_o part_n that_o the_o lineage_n of_o the_o indies_n have_v not_o pass_v by_o the_o atlantike_a island_n as_o some_o do_v imagine_v chap._n 22._o some_o follow_v plato_n opinion_n mention_v before_o affirm_v that_o these_o man_n part_v from_o europe_n 12._o or_o africa_n to_o go_v to_o that_o famous_a and_o renown_a atlantike_a island_n and_o so_o pass_v from_o one_o island_n unto_o another_o until_o they_o come_v to_o the_o main_a land_n of_o the_o indies_n for_o that_o critias_n of_o plato_n in_o his_o time_n discourse_v in_o this_o manner_n if_o the_o atlantike_a island_n whereas_o great_a as_o all_o asia_n and_o africa_n together_o or_o great_a as_o plato_n say_v it_o shall_v of_o necessity_n contain_v all_o the_o atlantike_a ocean_n and_o stretch_v even_o unto_o the_o land_n of_o the_o new_a world_n and_o plato_n say_v moreover_o that_o by_o a_o great_a and_o strange_a deluge_n the_o atlantike_a island_n be_v drown_v and_o by_o that_o mean_v the_o sea_n be_v make_v unnavigable_a through_o the_o abundance_n of_o bank_n rock_n and_o roughness_n of_o the_o wave_n which_o be_v yet_o in_o his_o time_n but_o in_o the_o end_n the_o ruin_n of_o this_o drown_a island_n weresetled_a which_o make_v this_o sea_n navigable_a this_o have_v be_v curious_o handle_v and_o discourse_v of_o by_o some_o learned_a man_n of_o good_a judgement_n and_o yet_o to_o speak_v the_o truth_n be_v well_o consider_v they_o be_v ridiculous_a thing_n resemble_v rather_o to_o ovid_n tale_n than_o a_o history_n or_o
philosophy_n worthy_a of_o account_n the_o great_a part_n of_o plato_n interpreter_n affirm_v that_o it_o be_v a_o true_a history_n whatsoever_o critias_n report_v of_o the_o strange_a beginning_n of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n of_o the_o greatness_n thereof_o of_o the_o war_n they_o have_v against_o they_o of_o europe_n with_o many_o other_o thing_n that_o which_o give_v it_o the_o more_o credit_n of_o a_o true_a history_n be_v the_o word_n of_o critias_n who_o plato_n bring_v in_o in_o his_o time_n say_v that_o the_o subject_n he_o mean_v to_o treat_v of_o be_v of_o strange_a thing_n but_o yet_o true_a the_o other_o disciple_n of_o plato_n consider_v that_o this_o discourse_n have_v more_o show_n of_o a_o fable_n then_o of_o a_o true_a history_n say_v that_o we_o must_v take_v it_o as_o a_o allegory_n and_o that_o such_o be_v the_o intention_n of_o their_o divine_a philosopher_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v procles_n and_o porphire_n yea_o and_o origen_n who_o so_o much_o regard_v the_o write_n of_o plato_n as_o when_o they_o speak_v thereof_o they_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o book_n of_o moses_n or_o of_o esdras_n and_o whereas_o they_o think_v the_o write_n of_o plato_n have_v no_o show_n of_o truth_n they_o say_v they_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v mystical_o and_o in_o allegory_n but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n i_o do_v not_o so_o much_o respect_v the_o authority_n of_o plato_n who_o they_o call_v divine_a as_o i_o will_v believe_v he_o can_v write_v these_o thing_n of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n for_o a_o true_a history_n the_o which_o be_v but_o mere_a fable_n see_v he_o confess_v that_o he_o learn_v they_o of_o critias_n be_v a_o little_a child_n who_o among_o other_o song_n sing_v that_o of_o the_o atlantike_a island_n but_o whether_o that_o plato_n do_v write_v it_o for_o a_o true_a history_n or_o a_o fable_n for_o my_o part_n i_o believe_v that_o all_o which_o he_o have_v write_v of_o this_o island_n begin_v at_o the_o dialogue_n of_o time_n and_o continue_v to_o that_o of_o critias_n can_v be_v hold_v for_o true_a but_o among_o child_n and_o old_a folk_n who_o will_v not_o account_n it_o a_o fable_n to_o say_v that_o neptune_n fall_v in_o love_n with_o clite_n and_o have_v of_o she_o five_o pair_n of_o twin_n at_o one_o birth_n and_o that_o out_o of_o one_o mountain_n he_o draw_v three_o round_a ball_n of_o water_n and_o two_o of_o earth_n which_o do_v so_o well_o resemble_v as_o you_o will_v have_v judge_v they_o all_o one_o bowel_z what_o shall_v we_o say_v moreover_o of_o that_o temple_n of_o a_o thousand_o pace_n long_o and_o five_o hundred_o broad_a who_o wall_n without_o be_v all_o cover_v with_o silver_n the_o ceiling_n of_o gold_n and_o within_o ivory_n indent_a and_o inlay_v with_o gold_n silver_z and_o pearl_n in_o the_o end_n speak_v of_o the_o ruin_n thereof_o he_o conclude_v thus_o in_o his_o time_n in_o one_o day_n and_o one_o night_n come_v a_o great_a deluge_n whereby_o all_o our_o soldier_n be_v swallow_v by_o heap_n within_o the_o earth_n and_o in_o this_o sort_n the_o atlantike_a island_n be_v drown_v it_o vanish_v in_o the_o sea_n without_o doubt_v it_o fall_v out_o happy_o that_o this_o island_n vanish_v so_o sudden_o see_v it_o be_v big_a than_o asia_n and_o africa_n and_o that_o it_o be_v make_v by_o enchantment_n it_o be_v in_o likesort_v all_o one_o to_o say_v that_o the_o ruin_n of_o this_o so_o great_a a_o island_n be_v see_v in_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o that_o the_o mariner_n which_o see_v they_o can_v sail_v that_o way_n then_o he_o add_v for_o this_o cause_n unto_o this_o day_n that_o sea_n be_v not_o navigable_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o bank_n which_o by_o little_a &_o little_o be_v grow_v in_o that_o drown_a island_n i_o will_v willing_o demand_v what_o sea_n can_v swallow_v up_o so_o infinite_a a_o continent_n of_o land_n great_a than_o asia_n and_o africa_n who_o confine_n stretch_v unto_o the_o indies_n and_o to_o swallow_v it_o up_o in_o such_o sort_n as_o there_o shall_v at_o this_o day_n remain_v no_o sign_n nor_o mark_n thereof_o whatsoever_o see_v it_o be_v well_o know_v by_o experience_n that_o the_o mariner_n find_v no_o bottom_n in_o the_o sea_n where_o they_o say_v this_o island_n be_v notwithstanding_o it_o may_v seem_v indiscreet_a and_o far_o from_o reason_n to_o dispute_v serious_o of_o those_o thing_n which_o be_v report_v at_o pleasure_n or_o if_o we_o shall_v give_v that_o respect_n to_o the_o authority_n of_o plato_n as_o it_o be_v reason_n we_o must_v rather_o understand_v they_o to_o signify_v simple_o as_o in_o a_o picture_n the_o prosperity_n of_o a_o city_n and_o withal_o the_o ruin_n thereof_o for_o the_o argument_n they_o make_v to_o prove_v that_o this_o atlantike_a island_n have_v be_v real_o and_o indeed_o say_v that_o the_o sea_n in_o those_o part_n do_v at_o this_o day_n bear_v the_o name_n of_o atlantike_a be_v of_o small_a importance_n for_o that_o we_o know_v mount_n atlas_n 31_o whereof_o pliny_n say_v this_o sea_n take_v the_o name_n be_v upon_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o mediterranean_a sea_n and_o the_o same_o pliny_n report_n that_o join_v to_o the_o say_a mount_n there_o be_v a_o island_n call_v atlantike_a which_o he_o report_v to_o be_v little_a and_o of_o small_a account_n that_o the_o opinion_n of_o many_o which_o hold_v that_o the_o first_o race_n of_o the_o indian_n come_v from_o the_o jew_n be_v not_o true_a chap._n 23._o now_o that_o we_o have_v show_v how_o unlikely_a it_o be_v that_o the_o first_o indian_n pass_v to_o the_o indies_n by_o the_o atlantike_a island_n there_o be_v other_o hold_v opinion_n that_o they_o take_v the_o way_n whereof_o esdras_n speak_v in_o his_o four_o book_n in_o this_o manner_n and_o whereas_o thou_o see_v that_o he_o gather_v a_o other_o peaceable_a troop_n unto_o he_o 13._o thou_o shall_v know_v those_o be_v the_o ten_o tribe_n which_o be_v carry_v away_o captive_n out_o of_o their_o own_o land_n in_o the_o time_n of_o king_n ozeas_n who_o salmanazar_n king_n of_o the_o assyrian_n take_v captive_n and_o lead_v they_o beyond_o the_o river_n so_o be_v they_o bring_v into_o a_o other_o land_n but_o they_o take_v this_o counsel_n to_o themselves_o to_o leave_v the_o multitude_n of_o the_o heathen_a and_o go_v forth_o into_o a_o far_a country_n where_o never_o mankind_n dwell_v that_o they_o may_v there_o observe_v their_o statute_n which_o they_o can_v not_o keep_v in_o their_o own_o land_n and_o they_o enter_v by_o the_o narrow_a passage_n of_o the_o river_n euphrates_n for_o then_o god_n show_v his_o wonder_n and_o stay_v the_o spring_n of_o the_o flood_n until_o they_o be_v pass_v over_o for_o the_o way_n unto_o that_o country_n be_v very_o long_o yea_o of_o a_o year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o this_o region_n be_v call_v arsareth_n then_o dwell_v they_o there_o until_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o when_o they_o come_v forth_o again_o the_o most_o mighty_a shall_v hold_v still_o the_o spring_n of_o the_o river_n again_o that_o they_o may_v go_v through_o for_o this_o cause_n see_v thou_o this_o multitude_n peaceable_a some_o will_v apply_v this_o text_n of_o esdras_n to_o the_o indies_n say_v they_o be_v guide_v by_o god_n whereas_o never_o mankind_n dwell_v and_o that_o the_o land_n where_o they_o dwell_v be_v so_o far_o off_o as_o it_o require_v a_o year_n and_o a_o half_a to_o perform_v the_o voyage_n be_v by_o nature_n very_o peaceable_a and_o that_o there_o be_v great_a sign_n and_o argument_n among_o the_o common_a sort_n of_o the_o indian_n to_o breed_v a_o belief_n that_o they_o be_v descend_v from_o the_o jew_n for_o common_o you_o shall_v see_v they_o fearful_a submiss_a ceremonious_a and_o subtle_a in_o lie_v and_o moreover_o they_o say_v their_o habit_n be_v like_a unto_o those_o the_o jew_n use_v for_o they_o wear_v a_o short_a coat_n or_o waistcoat_n and_o a_o cloak_n embroider_v all_o about_o they_o go_v barefooted_a or_o with_o sole_n tie_v with_o latcher_n over_o the_o foot_n which_o they_o call_v oiotas_n and_o they_o say_v that_o it_o appear_v by_o their_o history_n as_o also_o by_o their_o ancient_a picture_n which_o represent_v they_o in_o this_o fashion_n that_o this_o attire_n be_v the_o ancient_a habit_n of_o the_o hebrew_n and_o that_o these_o two_o kind_n of_o garment_n which_o the_o indian_n only_o use_v be_v use_v by_o samson_n which_o the_o scripture_n call_v tunicam_fw-la and_o sidonem_fw-la be_v the_o same_o which_o the_o indian_n term_v waistcoat_n and_o cloak_n but_o all_o these_o conjecture_n be_v light_a and_o rather_o against_o they_o then_o with_o they_o for_o we_o know_v well_o that_o the_o hebrew_n use_v letter_n whereof_o there_o be_v no_o show_n among_o the_o indian_n they_o be_v great_a